SigmaKernel - AdaptiveSigmaKernel - Adaptive Self-Optimizing Multi-Factor Trading System
SigmaKernel - Adaptive is a self-learning algorithmic trading strategy that combines four distinct analytical dimensions—momentum, market structure, volume flow, and reversal patterns—within a machine-learning-inspired framework that continuously adjusts its own parameters based on realized trading performance. Unlike traditional fixed-parameter strategies that maintain static weightings regardless of market conditions or results, this system implements a feedback loop that tracks which signal types, directional biases, and market conditions produce profitable outcomes, then mathematically adjusts component weightings, minimum score thresholds, position sizing multipliers, and trade spacing requirements to optimize future performance.
The strategy is designed for futures traders operating on prop firm accounts or live capital, incorporating realistic execution mechanics including configurable entry modes (stop breakout orders, limit pullback entries, or market-on-open), commission structures calibrated to retail futures contracts ($0.62 per contract default), one-tick slippage modeling, and professional risk controls including trailing drawdown guards, daily loss limits, and weekly profit targets. The system features universal futures compatibility—it automatically detects and adapts to any futures contract by reading the instrument's tick size and point value directly from the chart, eliminating the need for manual configuration across different markets.
What Makes This Approach Different
Adaptive Weight Optimization System
The core differentiation is the adaptive learning architecture. The strategy maintains four independent scoring components: momentum analysis (using RSI multi-timeframe, MACD histogram, and DMI/ADX), market structure detection (breakout identification via pivot-based support/resistance and moving average positioning), volume flow analysis (Volume Price Trend indicator with standard deviation confirmation), and reversal pattern recognition (oversold/overbought conditions combined with structural levels).
Each component generates a directional score that is multiplied by its current weight. After every closed trade, the system performs a retrospective analysis on the last N trades (configurable Learning Period, default 15 trades) to calculate win rates for each signal type independently. For example, if momentum-driven trades won 65% of the time while reversal trades won only 35%, the adaptive algorithm increases the momentum weight and decreases the reversal weight proportionally. The adjustment formula is:
New_Weight = Current_Weight + (Component_Win_Rate - Average_Win_Rate) × Adaptation_Speed
This creates a self-correcting mechanism where successful signal generators receive more influence in future composite scores, while underperforming components are de-emphasized. The system separately tracks long versus short win rates and applies directional bias corrections—if shorts consistently outperform longs, the strategy applies a 10% reduction to bullish signals to prevent fighting the prevailing market character.
Dynamic Parameter Adjustment
Beyond component weightings, three critical strategy parameters self-adjust based on performance:
Minimum Signal Score: The threshold required to trigger a trade. If overall win rate falls below 45%, the system increments this threshold by 0.10 per adjustment cycle, making the strategy more selective. If win rate exceeds 60%, the threshold decreases to allow more opportunities. This prevents the strategy from overtrading during unfavorable conditions and capitalizes on high-probability environments.
Risk Multiplier: Controls position sizing aggression. When drawdown exceeds 5%, risk per trade reduces by 10% per cycle. When drawdown falls below 2%, risk increases by 5% per cycle. This implements the professional risk management principle of "bet small when losing, bet bigger when winning" algorithmically.
Bars Between Trades: Spacing filter to prevent overtrading. Base value (default 9 bars) multiplies by drawdown factor and losing streak factor. During drawdown or consecutive losses, spacing expands up to 2x to allow market conditions to change before re-entering.
All adaptation operates during live forward-testing or real trading—there is no in-sample optimization applied to historical data. The system learns solely from its own realized trades.
Universal Futures Compatibility
The strategy implements universal futures instrument detection that automatically adapts to any futures contract without requiring manual configuration. Instead of hardcoding specific contract specifications, the system reads three critical values directly from TradingView's symbol information:
Tick Size Detection: Uses `syminfo.mintick` to obtain the minimum price increment for the current instrument. This value varies widely across markets—ES trades in 0.25 ticks, crude oil (CL) in 0.01 ticks, gold (GC) in 0.10 ticks, and treasury futures (ZB) in increments of 1/32nds. The strategy adapts all entry buffer calculations and stop placement logic to the detected tick size.
Point Value Detection: Uses `syminfo.pointvalue` to determine the dollar value per full point of price movement. For ES, one point equals $50; for crude oil, one point equals $1,000; for gold, one point equals $100. This automatic detection ensures accurate P&L calculations and risk-per-contract measurements across all instruments.
Tick Value Calculation: Combines tick size and point value to compute dollar value per tick: Tick_Value = Tick_Size × Point_Value. This derived value drives all position sizing calculations, ensuring the risk management system correctly accounts for each instrument's economic characteristics.
This universal approach means the strategy functions identically on emini indices (ES, MES, NQ, MNQ), micro indices, energy contracts (CL, NG, RB), metals (GC, SI, HG), agricultural futures (ZC, ZS, ZW), treasury futures (ZB, ZN, ZF), currency futures (6E, 6J, 6B), and any other futures contract available on TradingView. No parameter adjustments or instrument-specific branches exist in the code—the adaptation happens automatically through symbol information queries.
Stop-Out Rate Monitoring System
The strategy includes an intelligent stop-out rate tracking system that monitors the percentage of your last 20 trades (or available trades if fewer than 20) that were stopped out. This metric appears in the dashboard's Performance section with color-coded guidance:
Green (<30% stop-out rate): Very few trades are being stopped out. This suggests either your stops are too loose (giving back profits on reversals) or you're in an exceptional trending market. Consider tightening your Stop Loss ATR multiplier to lock in profits more efficiently.
Orange (30-65% stop-out rate): Healthy range. Your stop placement is appropriately sized for current market conditions and the strategy's risk-reward profile. No adjustment needed.
Red (>65% stop-out rate): Too many trades are being stopped out prematurely. Your stops are likely too tight for the current volatility regime. Consider widening your Stop Loss ATR multiplier to give trades more room to develop.
Critical Design Philosophy: Unlike some systems that automatically adjust stops based on performance statistics, this strategy intentionally keeps stop-loss control in the user's hands. Automatic stop adjustment creates dangerous feedback loops—widening stops increases risk per contract, which forces position size reduction, which distorts performance metrics, leading to incorrect adaptations. Instead, the dashboard provides visibility into stop performance, empowering you to make informed manual adjustments when warranted. This preserves the integrity of the adaptive system while giving you the critical data needed for stop optimization.
Execution Kernel Architecture
The entry system offers three distinct execution modes to match trader preference and market character:
StopBreakout Mode: Places buy-stop orders above the prior bar's high (for longs) or sell-stop orders below the prior bar's low (for shorts), plus a 2-tick buffer. This ensures entries only occur when price confirms directional momentum by breaking recent structure. Ideal for trending and momentum-driven markets.
LimitPullback Mode: Places limit orders at a pullback price calculated as: Entry_Price = Close - (ATR × Pullback_Multiplier) for longs, or Close + (ATR × Pullback_Multiplier) for shorts. Default multiplier is 0.5 ATR. This waits for mean-reversion before entering in the signal direction, capturing better prices in volatile or oscillating markets.
MarketNextOpen Mode: Executes at market on the bar immediately following signal generation. This provides fastest execution but sacrifices the filtering effect of requiring price confirmation.
All pending entry orders include a configurable Time-To-Live (TTL, default 6 bars). If an order is not filled within the TTL period, it cancels automatically to prevent stale signals from executing in changed market conditions.
Professional Exit Management
The exit system implements a three-stage progression: initial stop loss, breakeven adjustment, and dynamic trailing stop.
Initial Stop Loss: Calculated as entry price ± (ATR × User_Stop_Multiplier × Volatility_Adjustment). Users have direct control via the Stop Loss ATR multiplier (default 1.25). The system then applies volatility regime adjustments: ×1.2 in high-volatility environments (stops automatically widen), ×0.8 in low volatility (stops tighten), ×1.0 in normal conditions. This ensures stops adapt to market character while maintaining user control over baseline risk tolerance.
Breakeven Trigger: When profit reaches a configurable multiple of initial risk (default 1.0R), the stop loss automatically moves to breakeven (entry price). This locks in zero-loss status once the trade demonstrates favorable movement.
Trailing Stop Activation: When profit reaches the Trail_Trigger_R multiple (default 1.2R), the system cancels the fixed stop and activates a dynamic trailing stop. The trail uses Step and Offset parameters defined in R-multiples. For example, with Trail_Offset_R = 1.0 and Trail_Step_R = 1.5, the stop trails 1.0R behind price and moves in 1.5R increments. This captures extended moves while protecting accumulated profit.
Additional failsafes include maximum time-in-trade (exits after N bars if specified) and end-of-session flatten (automatically closes all positions X minutes before session end to avoid overnight exposure).
Core Calculation Methodology
Signal Component Scoring
Momentum Component:
- Calculates 14-period DMI (Directional Movement Index) with ADX strength filter (trending when ADX > 25)
- Computes three RSI timeframes: fast (7-period), medium (14-period), slow (21-period)
- Analyzes MACD (12/26/9) histogram for directional acceleration
- Bullish momentum: uptrend (DI+ > DI- with ADX > 25) + MACD histogram rising above zero + RSI fast between 50-80 = +1.6 score
- Bearish momentum: downtrend (DI- > DI+ with ADX > 25) + MACD histogram falling below zero + RSI fast between 20-50 = -1.6 score
- Score multiplies by volatility adjustment factor: ×0.8 in high volatility (momentum less reliable), ×1.2 in low volatility (momentum more persistent)
Structure Component:
- Identifies swing highs and lows using 10-bar pivot lookback on both sides
- Maintains most recent swing high as dynamic resistance, most recent swing low as dynamic support
- Detects breakouts: bullish when close crosses above resistance with prior bar below; bearish when close crosses below support with prior bar above
- Breakout score: ±1.0 for confirmed break
- Moving average alignment: +0.5 when price > SMA20 > SMA50 (bullish structure); -0.5 when price < SMA20 < SMA50 (bearish structure)
- Total structure range: -1.5 to +1.5
Volume Component:
- Calculates Volume Price Trend: VPT = Σ [(Close - Close ) / Close × Volume]
- Compares VPT to its 10-period EMA as signal line (similar to MACD logic)
- Computes 20-period volume moving average and standard deviation
- High volume event: current volume > (volume_average + 1× std_dev)
- Bullish volume: VPT > VPT_signal AND high_volume = +1.0
- Bearish volume: VPT < VPT_signal AND high_volume = -1.0
- No score if volume is not elevated (filters out low-conviction moves)
Reversal Component:
- Identifies extreme RSI conditions: RSI slow < 30 (oversold) or > 70 (overbought)
- Requires structural confluence: price at or below support level for bullish reversal; at or above resistance for bearish reversal
- Requires momentum shift: RSI fast must be rising (for bull) or falling (for bear) to confirm reversal in progress
- Bullish reversal: RSI < 30 AND price ≤ support AND RSI rising = +1.0
- Bearish reversal: RSI > 70 AND price ≥ resistance AND RSI falling = -1.0
Composite Score Calculation
Final_Score = (Momentum × Weight_M) + (Structure × Weight_S) + (Volume × Weight_V) + (Reversal × Weight_R)
Initial weights: Momentum = 1.0, Structure = 1.2, Volume = 0.8, Reversal = 0.6
These weights adapt after each trade based on component-specific performance as described above.
The system also applies directional bias adjustment: if recent long trades have significantly lower win rate than shorts, bullish scores multiply by 0.9 to reduce aggressive long entries. Vice versa for underperforming shorts.
Position Sizing Algorithm
The position sizing calculation incorporates multiple confidence factors and automatically scales to any futures contract:
1. Base risk amount = Account_Size × Base_Risk_Percent × Adaptive_Risk_Multiplier
2. Stop distance in price units = ATR × User_Stop_Multiplier × Volatility_Regime_Multiplier × Entry_Buffer
3. Risk per contract = Stop_Distance × Dollar_Per_Point (automatically detected from instrument)
4. Raw position size = Risk_Amount / Risk_Per_Contract
Then applies confidence scaling:
- Signal confidence = min(|Weighted_Score| / Min_Score_Threshold, 2.0) — higher scores receive larger size, capped at 2×
- Direction confidence = Long_Win_Rate (for bulls) or Short_Win_Rate (for bears)
- Type confidence = Win_Rate of dominant signal type (momentum/structure/volume/reversal)
- Total confidence = (Signal_Confidence + Direction_Confidence + Type_Confidence) / 3
Adjusted size = Raw_Size × Total_Confidence × Losing_Streak_Reduction
Losing streak reduction = 0.5 if losing_streak ≥ 5, otherwise 1.0
Universal Maximum Position Calculation: Instead of hardcoded limits per instrument, the system calculates maximum position size as: Max_Contracts = Account_Size / 25000, clamped between 1 and 10 contracts. This means a $50,000 account allows up to 2 contracts, a $100,000 account allows up to 4 contracts, regardless of which futures contract is being traded. This universal approach maintains consistent risk exposure across different instruments while preventing overleveraging.
Final size is rounded to integer and bounded by the calculated maximum.
Session and Risk Management System
Timezone-Aware Session Control
The strategy implements timezone-correct session filtering. Users specify session start hour, end hour, and timezone from 12 supported zones (New York, Chicago, Los Angeles, London, Frankfurt, Moscow, Tokyo, Hong Kong, Shanghai, Singapore, Sydney, UTC). The system converts bar timestamps to the selected timezone before applying session logic.
For split sessions (e.g., Asian session 18:00-02:00), the logic correctly handles time wraparound. Weekend trading can be optionally disabled (default: disabled) to avoid low-liquidity weekend price action.
Multi-Layer Risk Controls
Daily Loss Limit: Strategy ceases all new entries when daily P&L reaches negative threshold (default $2,000). This prevents catastrophic drawdown days. Resets at timezone-corrected day boundary.
Weekly Profit Target: Strategy ceases trading when weekly profit reaches target (default $10,000). This implements the professional principle of "take the win and stop pushing luck." Resets on timezone-corrected Monday.
Maximum Daily Trades: Hard cap on entries per day (default 20) to prevent overtrading during volatile conditions when many signals may generate.
Trailing Drawdown Guard: Optional prop-firm-style trailing stop on account equity. When enabled, if equity drops below (Peak_Equity - Trailing_DD_Amount), all trading halts. This simulates the common prop firm rule where exceeding trailing drawdown results in account termination.
All limits display status in the real-time dashboard, showing "MAX LOSS HIT", "WEEKLY TARGET MET", or "ACTIVE" depending on current state.
How To Use This Strategy
Initial Setup
1. Apply the strategy to your desired futures chart (tested on 5-minute through daily timeframes)
2. The strategy will automatically detect your instrument's specifications—no manual configuration needed for different contracts
3. Configure your account size and risk parameters in the Core Settings section
4. Set your trading session hours and timezone to match your availability
5. Adjust the Stop Loss ATR multiplier based on your risk tolerance (0.8-1.2 for tighter stops, 1.5-2.5 for wider stops)
6. Select your preferred entry execution mode (recommend StopBreakout for beginners)
7. Enable adaptation (recommended) or disable for fixed-parameter operation
8. Review the strategy's Properties in the Strategy Tester settings and verify commission/slippage match your broker's actual costs
The universal futures detection means you can switch between ES, NQ, CL, GC, ZB, or any other futures contract without changing any strategy parameters—the system will automatically adapt its calculations to each instrument's unique specifications.
Dashboard Interpretation
The strategy displays a comprehensive real-time dashboard in the top-right corner showing:
Market State Section:
- Trend: Shows UPTREND/DOWNTREND/CONSOLIDATING/NEUTRAL based on ADX and DMI analysis
- ADX Value: Current trend strength (>25 = strong trend, <20 = consolidating)
- Momentum: BULL/BEAR/NEUTRAL classification with current momentum score
- Volatility: HIGH/LOW/NORMAL regime with ATR percentage of price
Volume Profile Section (Large dashboard only):
- VPT Flow: Directional bias from volume analysis
- Volume Status: HIGH/LOW/NORMAL with relative volume multiplier
Performance Section:
- Daily P&L: Current day's profit/loss with color coding
- Daily Trades: Number of completed trades today
- Weekly P&L: Current week's profit/loss
- Target %: Progress toward weekly profit target
- Stop-Out Rate: Percentage of last 20 trades (or available trades if <20) that were stopped out. Includes all stop types: initial stops, breakeven stops, trailing stops, timeout exits, and EOD flattens. Color coded with actionable guidance:
- Green (<30%): Shows "TIGHTEN" guidance. Very few stop-outs suggests stops may be too loose or exceptional market conditions. Consider reducing Stop Loss ATR multiplier.
- Orange (30-65%): Shows "OK" guidance. Healthy stop-out rate indicating appropriate stop placement for current conditions.
- Red (>65%): Shows "WIDEN" guidance. Too many premature stop-outs. Consider increasing Stop Loss ATR multiplier to give trades more room.
- Status: Overall trading status (ACTIVE/MAX LOSS HIT/WEEKLY TARGET MET/FILTERS ACTIVE)
Adaptive Engine Section:
- Min Score: Current minimum threshold for trade entry (higher = more selective)
- Risk Mult: Current position sizing multiplier (adjusts with performance)
- Bars BTW: Current minimum bars required between trades
- Drawdown: Current drawdown percentage from equity peak
- Weights: M/S/V/R showing current component weightings
Win Rates Section:
- Type: Win rates for Momentum, Structure, Volume, Reversal signal types
- Direction: Win rates for Long vs Short trades
Color coding shows green for >50% win rate, red for <50%
Session Info Section:
- Session Hours: Active trading window with timezone
- Weekend Trading: ENABLED/DISABLED status
- Session Status: ACTIVE/INACTIVE based on current time
Signal Generation and Entry
The strategy generates entries when the weighted composite score exceeds the adaptive minimum threshold (initial value configurable, typically 1.5 to 2.5). Entries display as layered triangle markers on the chart:
- Long Signal: Three green upward triangles below the entry bar
- Short Signal: Three red downward triangles above the entry bar
Triangle tooltip shows the signal score and dominant signal type (MOMENTUM/STRUCTURE/VOLUME/REVERSAL).
Position Management and Stop Optimization
Once entered, the strategy automatically manages the position through its three-stage exit system. Monitor the Stop-Out Rate metric in the dashboard to optimize your stop placement:
If Stop-Out Rate is Green (<30%): You're rarely being stopped out. This could mean:
- Your stops are too loose, allowing trades to give back too much profit on reversals
- You're in an exceptional trending market where tight stops would work better
- Action: Consider reducing your Stop Loss ATR multiplier by 0.1-0.2 to tighten stops and lock in profits more efficiently
If Stop-Out Rate is Orange (30-65%): Optimal range. Your stops are appropriately sized for the strategy's risk-reward profile and current market volatility. No adjustment needed.
If Stop-Out Rate is Red (>65%): You're being stopped out too frequently. This means:
- Your stops are too tight for current market volatility
- Trades need more room to develop before reaching profit targets
- Action: Increase your Stop Loss ATR multiplier by 0.1-0.3 to give trades more breathing room
Remember: The stop-out rate calculation includes all exit types (initial stops, breakeven stops, trailing stops, timeouts, EOD flattens). A trade that reaches breakeven and gets stopped out at entry price counts as a stop-out, even though it didn't lose money. This is intentional—it indicates the stop placement didn't allow the trade to develop into profit.
Optimization Workflow
For traders wanting to customize the strategy for their specific instrument and timeframe:
Week 1-2: Run with defaults, adaptation enabled
Allow the system to execute at least 30-50 trades (the Learning Period plus additional buffer). Monitor which session periods, signal types, and market conditions produce the best results. Observe your stop-out rate—if it's consistently red or green, plan to adjust Stop Loss ATR multiplier after the learning period. Do not adjust parameters yet—let the adaptive system establish baseline performance data.
Week 3-4: Analyze adaptation behavior and optimize stops
Review the dashboard's adaptive weights and win rates. If certain signal types consistently show <40% win rate, consider slightly reducing their base weight. If a particular entry mode produces better fill quality and win rate, switch to that mode. If you notice the minimum score threshold has climbed very high (>3.0), market conditions may not suit the strategy's logic—consider switching instruments or timeframes.
Based on your Stop-Out Rate observations:
- Consistently <30%: Reduce Stop Loss ATR multiplier by 0.2-0.3
- Consistently >65%: Increase Stop Loss ATR multiplier by 0.2-0.4
- Oscillating between zones: Leave stops at default and let volatility regime adjustments handle it
Ongoing: Fine-tune risk and execution
Adjust the following based on your risk tolerance and account type:
- Base Risk Per Trade: 0.5% for conservative, 0.75% for moderate, 1.0% for aggressive
- Stop Loss ATR Multiplier: 0.8-1.2 for tight stops (scalping), 1.5-2.5 for wide stops (swing trading)
- Bars Between Trades: Lower (5-7) for more opportunities, higher (12-20) for more selective
- Entry Mode: Experiment between modes to find best fit for current market character
- Session Hours: Narrow to specific high-performance session windows if certain hours consistently underperform
Never adjust: Do not manually modify the adaptive weights, minimum score, or risk multiplier after the system has begun learning. These parameters are self-optimizing and manual interference defeats the adaptive mechanism.
Parameter Descriptions and Optimization Guidelines
Adaptive Intelligence Group
Enable Self-Optimization (default: true): Master switch for the adaptive learning system. When enabled, component weights, minimum score, risk multiplier, and trade spacing adjust based on realized performance. Disable to run the strategy with fixed parameters (useful for comparing adaptive vs non-adaptive performance).
Learning Period (default: 15 trades): Number of most recent trades to analyze for performance calculations. Shorter values (10-12) adapt more quickly to recent conditions but may overreact to variance. Longer values (20-30) produce more stable adaptations but respond slower to regime changes. For volatile markets, use shorter periods. For stable trends, use longer periods.
Adaptation Speed (default: 0.25): Controls the magnitude of parameter adjustments per learning cycle. Lower values (0.05-0.15) make gradual, conservative changes. Higher values (0.35-0.50) make aggressive adjustments. Faster adaptation helps in rapidly changing markets but increases parameter instability. Start with default and increase only if you observe the system failing to adapt quickly enough to obvious performance patterns.
Performance Memory (default: 100 trades): Maximum number of historical trades stored for analysis. This array size does not affect learning (which uses only Learning Period trades) but provides data for future analytics features including stop-out rate tracking. Higher values consume more memory but provide richer historical dataset. Typical users should not need to modify this.
Core Settings Group
Account Size (default: $50,000): Starting capital for position sizing calculations. This should match your actual account size for accurate risk per trade. The strategy uses this value to calculate dollar risk amounts and determine maximum position size (1 contract per $25,000).
Weekly Profit Target (default: $10,000): When weekly P&L reaches this value, the strategy stops taking new trades for the remainder of the week. This implements a "quit while ahead" rule common in professional trading. Set to a realistic weekly goal—20% of account size per week ($10K on $50K) is very aggressive; 5-10% is more sustainable.
Max Daily Loss (default: $2,000): When daily P&L reaches this negative threshold, strategy stops all new entries for the day. This is your maximum acceptable daily loss. Professional traders typically set this at 2-4% of account size. A $2,000 loss on a $50,000 account = 4%.
Base Risk Per Trade % (default: 0.5%): Initial percentage of account to risk on each trade before adaptive multiplier and confidence scaling. 0.5% is conservative, 0.75% is moderate, 1.0-1.5% is aggressive. Remember that actual risk per trade = Base Risk × Adaptive Risk Multiplier × Confidence Factors, so the realized risk will vary.
Trade Filters Group
Base Minimum Signal Score (default: 1.5): Initial threshold that composite weighted score must exceed to generate a signal. Lower values (1.0-1.5) produce more trades with lower average quality. Higher values (2.0-3.0) produce fewer, higher-quality setups. This value adapts automatically when adaptive mode is enabled, but the base sets the starting point. For trending markets, lower values work well. For choppy markets, use higher values.
Base Bars Between Trades (default: 9): Minimum bars that must elapse after an entry before another signal can trigger. This prevents overtrading and allows previous trades time to develop. Lower values (3-6) suit scalping on lower timeframes. Higher values (15-30) suit swing trading on higher timeframes. This value also adapts based on drawdown and losing streaks.
Max Daily Trades (default: 20): Hard limit on total trades per day regardless of signal quality. This prevents runaway trading during extremely volatile days when many signals may generate. For 5-minute charts, 20 trades/day is reasonable. For 1-hour charts, 5-10 trades/day is more typical.
Session Group
Session Start Hour (default: 5): Hour (0-23 format) when trading is allowed to begin, in the timezone specified. For US futures trading in Chicago time, session typically starts at 5:00 or 6:00 PM (17:00 or 18:00) Sunday evening.
Session End Hour (default: 17): Hour when trading stops and no new entries are allowed. For US equity index futures, regular session ends at 4:00 PM (16:00) Central Time.
Allow Weekend Trading (default: false): Whether strategy can trade on Saturday/Sunday. Most futures have low volume on weekends; keeping this disabled is recommended unless you specifically trade Sunday evening open.
Session Timezone (default: America/Chicago): Timezone for session hour interpretation. Select your local timezone or the timezone of your instrument's primary exchange. This ensures session logic aligns with your intended trading hours.
Prop Guards Group
Trailing Drawdown Guard (default: false): Enables prop-firm-style trailing maximum drawdown. When enabled, if equity drops below (Peak Equity - Trailing DD Amount), all trading halts for the remainder of the backtest/live session. This simulates rules used by funded trader programs where exceeding trailing drawdown terminates the account.
Trailing DD Amount (default: $2,500): Dollar amount of drawdown allowed from equity peak. If your equity reaches $55,000, the trailing stop sets at $52,500. If equity then drops to $52,499, the guard triggers and trading ceases.
Execution Kernel Group
Entry Mode (default: StopBreakout):
- StopBreakout: Places stop orders above/below signal bar requiring price confirmation
- LimitPullback: Places limit orders at pullback prices seeking better fills
- MarketNextOpen: Executes immediately at market on next bar
Limit Offset (default: 0.5x ATR): For LimitPullback mode, how far below/above current price to place the limit order. Smaller values (0.3-0.5) seek minor pullbacks. Larger values (0.8-1.2) wait for deeper retracements but may miss trades.
Entry TTL (default: 6 bars, 0=off): Bars an entry order remains pending before cancelling. Shorter values (3-4) keep signals fresh. Longer values (8-12) allow more time for fills but risk executing stale signals. Set to 0 to disable TTL (orders remain active indefinitely until filled or opposite signal).
Exits Group
Stop Loss (default: 1.25x ATR): Base stop distance as a multiple of the 14-period ATR. This is your primary risk control parameter and directly impacts your stop-out rate. Lower values (0.8-1.0) create tighter stops that reduce risk per trade but may get stopped out prematurely in volatile conditions—expect stop-out rates above 65% (red zone). Higher values (1.5-2.5) give trades more room to breathe but increase risk per contract—expect stop-out rates below 30% (green zone). The system applies additional volatility regime adjustments on top of this base: ×1.2 in high volatility environments (stops widen automatically), ×0.8 in low volatility (stops tighten), ×1.0 in normal conditions. For scalping on lower timeframes, use 0.8-1.2. For swing trading on higher timeframes, use 1.5-2.5. Monitor the Stop-Out Rate metric in the dashboard and adjust this parameter to keep it in the healthy 30-65% orange zone.
Move to Breakeven at (default: 1.0R): When profit reaches this multiple of initial risk, stop moves to breakeven. 1.0R means after price moves in your favor by the distance you risked, you're protected at entry price. Lower values (0.5-0.8R) lock in breakeven faster. Higher values (1.5-2.0R) allow more room before protection.
Start Trailing at (default: 1.2R): When profit reaches this multiple, the fixed stop transitions to a dynamic trailing stop. This should be greater than the BE trigger. Values typically range 1.0-2.0R depending on how much profit you want secured before trailing activates.
Trail Offset (default: 1.0R): How far behind price the trailing stop follows. Tighter offsets (0.5-0.8R) protect profit more aggressively but may exit prematurely. Wider offsets (1.5-2.5R) allow more room for profit to run but risk giving back more on reversals.
Trail Step (default: 1.5R): How far price must move in profitable direction before the stop advances. Smaller steps (0.5-1.0R) move the stop more frequently, tightening protection continuously. Larger steps (2.0-3.0R) move the stop less often, giving trades more breathing room.
Max Bars In Trade (default: 0=off): Maximum bars allowed in a position before forced exit. This prevents trades from "going stale" during periods of no meaningful price action. For 5-minute charts, 50-100 bars (4-8 hours) is reasonable. For daily charts, 5-10 bars (1-2 weeks) is typical. Set to 0 to disable.
Flatten near Session End (default: true): Whether to automatically close all positions as session end approaches. Recommended to avoid carrying positions into off-hours with low liquidity.
Minutes before end (default: 5): How many minutes before session end to flatten. 5-15 minutes provides buffer for order execution before the session boundary.
Visual Effects Configuration Group
Dashboard Size (default: Normal): Controls information density in the dashboard. Small shows only critical metrics (excludes stop-out rate). Normal shows comprehensive data including stop-out rate. Large shows all available metrics including weights, session info, and volume analysis. Larger sizes consume more screen space but provide complete visibility.
Show Quantum Field (default: true): Displays animated grid pattern on the chart indicating market state. Disable if you prefer cleaner charts or experience performance issues on lower-end hardware.
Show Wick Pressure Lines (default: true): Draws dynamic lines from bars with extreme wicks, indicating potential support/resistance or liquidity absorption zones. Disable for simpler visualization.
Show Morphism Energy Beams (default: true): Displays directional beams showing momentum energy flow. Beams intensify during strong trends. Disable if you find this visually distracting.
Show Order Flow Clouds (default: true): Draws translucent boxes representing volume flow bullish/bearish bias. Disable for cleaner price action visibility.
Show Fractal Grid (default: true): Displays multi-timeframe support/resistance levels based on fractal price structure at 10/20/30/40/50 bar periods. Disable if you only want to see primary pivot levels.
Glow Intensity (default: 4): Controls the brightness and thickness of visual effects. Lower values (1-2) for subtle visualization. Higher values (7-10) for maximum visibility but potentially cluttered charts.
Color Theme (default: Cyber): Visual color scheme. Cyber uses cyan/magenta futuristic colors. Quantum uses aqua/purple. Matrix uses green/red terminal style. Aurora uses pastel pink/purple gradient. Choose based on personal preference and monitor calibration.
Show Watermark (default: true): Displays animated watermark at bottom of chart with creator credit and current P&L. Disable if you want completely clean charts or need screen space.
Performance Characteristics and Best Use Cases
Optimal Conditions
This strategy performs best in markets exhibiting:
Trending phases with periodic pullbacks: The combination of momentum and structure components excels when price establishes directional bias but provides retracement opportunities for entries. Markets with 60-70% trending bars and 30-40% consolidation produce the highest win rates.
Medium to high volatility: The ATR-based stop sizing and dynamic risk adjustment require sufficient price movement to generate meaningful profit relative to risk. Instruments with 2-4% daily ATR relative to price work well. Extremely low volatility (<1% daily ATR) generates too many scratch trades.
Clear volume patterns: The VPT volume component adds significant edge when volume expansions align with directional moves. Instruments and timeframes where volume data reflects actual transaction flow (versus tick volume proxies) perform better.
Regular session structure: Futures markets with defined opening and closing hours, consistent liquidity throughout the session, and clear overnight/day session separation allow the session controls and time-based failsafes to function optimally.
Sufficient liquidity for stop execution: The stop breakout entry mode requires that stop orders can fill without significant slippage. Highly liquid contracts work better than illiquid instruments where stop orders may face adverse fills.
Suboptimal Conditions
The strategy may struggle with:
Extreme chop with no directional persistence: When ADX remains below 15 for extended periods and price oscillates rapidly without establishing trends, the momentum component generates conflicting signals. Win rate typically drops below 40% in these conditions, triggering the adaptive system to increase minimum score thresholds until conditions improve. Stop-out rates may also spike into the red zone.
Gap-heavy instruments: Markets with frequent overnight gaps disrupt the continuous price assumptions underlying ATR stops and EMA-based structure analysis. Gaps can also cause stop orders to fill at prices far from intended levels, distorting stop-out rate metrics.
Very low timeframes with excessive noise: On 1-minute or tick charts, the signal components react to micro-structure noise rather than meaningful price swings. The strategy works best on 5-minute through daily timeframes where price movements reflect actual order flow shifts.
Extended low-volatility compression: During historically low volatility periods, profit targets become difficult to reach before mean-reversion occurs. The trail offset, even when set to minimum, may be too wide for the compressed price environment. Stop-out rates may drop to green zone indicating stops should be tightened.
Parabolic moves or climactic exhaustion: Vertical price advances or selloffs where price moves multiple ATRs in single bars can trigger momentum signals at exhaustion points. The structure and reversal components attempt to filter these, but extreme moves may override normal logic.
The adaptive learning system naturally reduces signal frequency and position sizing during unfavorable conditions. If you observe multiple consecutive days with zero trades and "FILTERS ACTIVE" status, this indicates the strategy has self-adjusted to avoid poor conditions rather than forcing trades.
Instrument Recommendations
Emini Index Futures (ES, MES, NQ, MNQ, YM, RTY): Excellent fit. High liquidity, clear volatility patterns, strong volume signals, defined session structure. These instruments have been extensively tested and the universal detection handles all contract specifications automatically.
Micro Index Futures (MES, MNQ, M2K, MYM): Excellent fit for smaller accounts. Same market characteristics as the standard eminis but with reduced contract sizes allowing proper risk management on accounts below $50,000.
Energy Futures (CL, NG, RB, HO): Good to mixed fit. Crude oil (CL) works well due to strong trends and reasonable volatility. Natural gas (NG) can be extremely volatile—consider reducing Base Risk to 0.3-0.4% and increasing Stop Loss ATR multiplier to 1.8-2.2 for NG. The strategy automatically detects the $10/tick value for CL and adjusts position sizing accordingly.
Metal Futures (GC, SI, HG, PL): Good fit. Gold (GC) and silver (SI) exhibit clear trending behavior and work well with the momentum/structure components. The strategy automatically handles the different point values ($100/point for gold, $5,000/point for silver).
Agricultural Futures (ZC, ZS, ZW, ZL): Good fit. Grain futures often trend strongly during seasonal periods. The strategy handles the unique tick sizes (1/4 cent increments) and point values ($50/point for corn/wheat, $60/point for soybeans) automatically.
Treasury Futures (ZB, ZN, ZF, ZT): Good fit for trending rates environments. The strategy automatically handles the fractional tick sizing (32nds for ZB/ZN, halves of 32nds for ZF/ZT) through the universal detection system.
Currency Futures (6E, 6J, 6B, 6A, 6C): Good fit. Major currency pairs exhibit smooth trending behavior. The strategy automatically detects point values which vary significantly ($12.50/tick for 6E, $12.50/tick for 6J, $6.25/tick for 6B).
Cryptocurrency Futures (BTC, ETH, MBT, MET): Mixed fit. These markets have extreme volatility requiring parameter adjustment. Increase Base Risk to 0.8-1.2% and Stop Loss ATR multiplier to 2.0-3.0 to account for wider stop distances. Enable 24-hour trading and weekend trading as these markets have no traditional sessions.
The universal futures compatibility means you can apply this strategy to any of these markets without code modification—simply open the chart of your desired contract and the strategy will automatically configure itself to that instrument's specifications.
Important Disclaimers and Realistic Expectations
This is a sophisticated trading strategy that combines multiple analytical methods within an adaptive framework designed for active traders who will monitor performance and market conditions. It is not a "set and forget" fully automated system, nor should it be treated as a guaranteed profit generator.
Backtesting Realism and Limitations
The strategy includes realistic trading costs and execution assumptions:
- Commission: $0.62 per contract per side (accurate for many retail futures brokers)
- Slippage: 1 tick per entry and exit (conservative estimate for liquid futures)
- Position sizing: Realistic risk percentages and maximum contract limits based on account size
- No repainting: All calculations use confirmed bar data only—signals do not change retroactively
However, backtesting cannot fully capture live trading reality:
- Order fill delays: In live trading, stop and limit orders may not fill instantly at the exact tick shown in backtest
- Volatile periods: During high volatility or low liquidity (news events, rollover days, pre-holidays), slippage may exceed the 1-tick assumption significantly
- Gap risk: The backtest assumes stops fill at stop price, but gaps can cause fills far beyond intended exit levels
- Psychological factors: Seeing actual capital at risk creates emotional pressures not present in backtesting, potentially leading to premature manual intervention
The strategy's backtest results should be viewed as best-case scenarios. Real trading will typically produce 10-30% lower returns than backtest due to the above factors.
Risk Warnings
All trading involves substantial risk of loss. The adaptive learning system can improve parameter selection over time, but it cannot predict future price movements or guarantee profitable performance. Past wins do not ensure future wins.
Losing streaks are inevitable. Even with a 60% win rate, you will encounter sequences of 5, 6, or more consecutive losses due to normal probability distributions. The strategy includes losing streak detection and automatic risk reduction, but you must have sufficient capital to survive these drawdowns.
Market regime changes can invalidate learned patterns. If the strategy learns from 50 trades during a trending regime, then the market shifts to a ranging regime, the adapted parameters may initially be misaligned with the new environment. The system will re-adapt, but this transition period may produce suboptimal results.
Prop firm traders: understand your specific rules. Every prop firm has different rules regarding maximum drawdown, daily loss limits, consistency requirements, and prohibited trading behaviors. While this strategy includes common prop guardrails, you must verify it complies with your specific firm's rules and adjust parameters accordingly.
Never risk capital you cannot afford to lose. This strategy can produce substantial drawdowns, especially during learning periods or market regime shifts. Only trade with speculative capital that, if lost, would not impact your financial stability.
Recommended Usage
Paper trade first: Run the strategy on a simulated account for at least 50 trades or 1 month before committing real capital. Observe how the adaptive system behaves, identify any patterns in losing trades, monitor your stop-out rate trends, and verify your understanding of the entry/exit mechanics.
Start with minimum position sizing: When transitioning to live trading, reduce the Base Risk parameter to 0.3-0.4% initially (vs 0.5-1.0% in testing) to reduce early impact while the system learns your live broker's execution characteristics.
Monitor daily, but do not micromanage: Check the dashboard daily to ensure the strategy is operating normally and risk controls have not triggered unexpectedly. Pay special attention to the Stop-Out Rate metric—if it remains in the red or green zones for multiple days, adjust your Stop Loss ATR multiplier accordingly. However, resist the urge to manually adjust adaptive weights or disable trades based on short-term performance. Allow the adaptive system at least 30 trades to establish patterns before making manual changes.
Combine with other analysis: While this strategy can operate standalone, professional traders typically use systematic strategies as one component of a broader approach. Consider using the strategy for trade execution while applying your own higher-timeframe analysis or fundamental view for trade filtering or sizing adjustments.
Keep a trading journal: Document each week's results, note market conditions (trending vs ranging, high vs low volatility), record stop-out rates and any Stop Loss ATR adjustments you made, and document any manual interventions. Over time, this journal will help you identify conditions where the strategy excels versus struggles, allowing you to selectively enable or disable trading during certain environments.
Technical Implementation Notes
All calculations execute on closed bars only (`calc_on_every_tick=false`) ensuring that signals and values do not repaint. Once a bar closes and a signal generates, that signal is permanent in the history.
The strategy uses fixed-quantity position sizing (`default_qty_type=strategy.fixed, default_qty_value=1`) with the actual contract quantity determined by the position sizing function and passed to the entry commands. This approach provides maximum control over risk allocation.
Order management uses Pine Script's native `strategy.entry()` and `strategy.exit()` functions with appropriate parameters for stops, limits, and trailing stops. All orders include explicit from_entry references to ensure they apply to the correct position.
The adaptive learning arrays (trade_returns, trade_directions, trade_types, trade_hours, trade_was_stopped) are maintained as circular buffers capped at PERFORMANCE_MEMORY size (default 100 trades). When a new trade closes, its data is added to the beginning of the array using `array.unshift()`, and the oldest trade is removed using `array.pop()` if capacity is exceeded. The stop-out tracking system analyzes the trade_was_stopped array to calculate the rolling percentage displayed in the dashboard.
Dashboard rendering occurs only on the confirmed bar (`barstate.isconfirmed`) to minimize computational overhead. The table is pre-created with sufficient rows for the selected dashboard size and cells are populated with current values each update.
Visual effects (fractal grid, wick pressure, morphism beams, order flow clouds, quantum field) recalculate on each bar for real-time chart updates. These are computationally intensive—if you experience chart lag, disable these visual components. The core strategy logic continues to function identically regardless of visual settings.
Timezone conversions use Pine Script's built-in timezone parameter on the `hour()`, `minute()`, and `dayofweek()` functions. This ensures session logic and daily/weekly resets occur at correct boundaries regardless of the chart's default timezone or the server's timezone.
The universal futures detection queries `syminfo.mintick` and `syminfo.pointvalue` on each strategy initialization to obtain the current instrument's specifications. These values remain constant throughout the strategy's execution on a given chart but automatically update when the strategy is applied to a different instrument.
The strategy has been tested on TradingView across timeframes from 5-minute through daily and across multiple futures instrument types including equity indices, energy, metals, agriculture, treasuries, and currencies. It functions identically on all instruments due to the percentage-based risk model and ATR-relative calculations which adapt automatically to price scale and volatility, combined with the universal futures detection system that handles contract-specific specifications.
Search in scripts for "momentum"
Reversal Point Dynamics - Machine Learning⇋ Reversal Point Dynamics - Machine Learning
RPD Machine Learning: Self-Adaptive Multi-Armed Bandit Trading System
RPD Machine Learning is an advanced algorithmic trading system that implements genuine machine learning through contextual multi-armed bandits, reinforcement learning, and online adaptation. Unlike traditional indicators that use fixed rules, RPD learns from every trade outcome , automatically discovers which strategies work in current market conditions, and continuously adapts without manual intervention .
Core Innovation: The system deploys six distinct trading policies (ranging from aggressive trend-following to conservative range-bound strategies) and uses LinUCB contextual bandit algorithms with Random Fourier Features to learn which policy performs best in each market regime. After the initial learning phase (50-100 trades), the system achieves autonomous adaptation , automatically shifting between policies as market conditions evolve.
Target Users: Quantitative traders, algorithmic trading developers, systematic traders, and data-driven investors who want a system that adapts over time . Suitable for stocks, futures, forex, and cryptocurrency on any liquid instrument with >100k daily volume.
The Problem This System Solves
Traditional Technical Analysis Limitations
Most trading systems suffer from three fundamental challenges :
Fixed Parameters: Static settings (like "buy when RSI < 30") work well in backtests but may struggle when markets change character. What worked in low-volatility environments may not work in high-volatility regimes.
Strategy Degradation: Manual optimization (curve-fitting) produces systems that perform well on historical data but may underperform in live trading. The system never adapts to new market conditions.
Cognitive Overload: Running multiple strategies simultaneously forces traders to manually decide which one to trust. This leads to hesitation, late entries, and inconsistent execution.
How RPD Machine Learning Addresses These Challenges
Automated Strategy Selection: Instead of requiring you to choose between trend-following and mean-reversion strategies, RPD runs all six policies simultaneously and uses machine learning to automatically select the best one for current conditions. The decision happens algorithmically, removing human hesitation.
Continuous Learning: After every trade, the system updates its understanding of which policies are working. If the market shifts from trending to ranging, RPD automatically detects this through changing performance patterns and adjusts selection accordingly.
Context-Aware Decisions: Unlike simple voting systems that treat all conditions equally, RPD analyzes market context (ADX regime, entropy levels, volatility state, volume patterns, time of day, historical performance) and learns which combinations of context features correlate with policy success.
Machine Learning Architecture: What Makes This "Real" ML
Component 1: Contextual Multi-Armed Bandits (LinUCB)
What Is a Multi-Armed Bandit Problem?
Imagine facing six slot machines, each with unknown payout rates. The exploration-exploitation dilemma asks: Should you keep pulling the machine that's worked well (exploitation) or try others that might be better (exploration)? RPD solves this for trading policies.
Academic Foundation:
RPD implements Linear Upper Confidence Bound (LinUCB) from the research paper "A Contextual-Bandit Approach to Personalized News Article Recommendation" (Li et al., 2010, WWW Conference). This algorithm is used in content recommendation and ad placement systems.
How It Works:
Each policy (AggressiveTrend, ConservativeRange, VolatilityBreakout, etc.) is treated as an "arm." The system maintains:
Reward History: Tracks wins/losses for each policy
Contextual Features: Current market state (8-10 features including ADX, entropy, volatility, volume)
Uncertainty Estimates: Confidence in each policy's performance
UCB Formula: predicted_reward + α × uncertainty
The system selects the policy with highest UCB score , balancing proven performance (predicted_reward) with potential for discovery (uncertainty bonus). Initially, all policies have high uncertainty, so the system explores broadly. After 50-100 trades, uncertainty decreases, and the system focuses on known-performing policies.
Why This Matters:
Traditional systems pick strategies based on historical backtests or user preference. RPD learns from actual outcomes in your specific market, on your timeframe, with your execution characteristics.
Component 2: Random Fourier Features (RFF)
The Non-Linearity Challenge:
Market relationships are often non-linear. High ADX may indicate favorable conditions when volatility is normal, but unfavorable when volatility spikes. Simple linear models struggle to capture these interactions.
Academic Foundation:
RPD implements Random Fourier Features from "Random Features for Large-Scale Kernel Machines" (Rahimi & Recht, 2007, NIPS). This technique approximates kernel methods (like Support Vector Machines) while maintaining computational efficiency for real-time trading.
How It Works:
The system transforms base features (ADX, entropy, volatility, etc.) into a higher-dimensional space using random projections and cosine transformations:
Input: 8 base features
Projection: Through random Gaussian weights
Transformation: cos(W×features + b)
Output: 16 RFF dimensions
This allows the bandit to learn non-linear relationships between market context and policy success. For example: "AggressiveTrend performs well when ADX >25 AND entropy <0.6 AND hour >9" becomes naturally encoded in the RFF space.
Why This Matters:
Without RFF, the system could only learn "this policy has X% historical performance." With RFF, it learns "this policy performs differently in these specific contexts" - enabling more nuanced selection.
Component 3: Reinforcement Learning Stack
Beyond bandits, RPD implements a complete RL framework :
Q-Learning: Value-based RL that learns state-action values. Maps 54 discrete market states (trend×volatility×RSI×volume combinations) to 5 actions (4 policies + no-trade). Updates via Bellman equation after each trade. Converges toward optimal policy after 100-200 trades.
TD(λ) with Eligibility Traces: Extension of Q-Learning that propagates credit backwards through time . When a trade produces an outcome, TD(λ) updates not just the final state-action but all states visited during the trade, weighted by eligibility decay (λ=0.90). This accelerates learning from multi-bar trades.
Policy Gradient (REINFORCE): Learns a stochastic policy directly from 12 continuous market features without discretization. Uses gradient ascent to increase probability of actions that led to positive outcomes. Includes baseline (average reward) for variance reduction.
Meta-Learning: The system learns how to learn by adapting its own learning rates based on feature stability and correlation with outcomes. If a feature (like volume ratio) consistently correlates with success, its learning rate increases. If unstable, rate decreases.
Why This Matters:
Q-Learning provides fast discrete decisions. Policy Gradient handles continuous features. TD(λ) accelerates learning. Meta-learning optimizes the optimization. Together, they create a robust, multi-approach learning system that adapts more quickly than any single algorithm.
Component 4: Policy Momentum Tracking (v2 Feature)
The Recency Challenge:
Standard bandits treat all historical data equally. If a policy performed well historically but struggles in current conditions due to regime shift, the system may be slow to adapt because historical success outweighs recent underperformance.
RPD's Solution:
Each policy maintains a ring buffer of the last 10 outcomes. The system calculates:
Momentum: recent_win_rate - global_win_rate (range: -1 to +1)
Confidence: consistency of recent results (1 - variance)
Policies with positive momentum (recent outperformance) get an exploration bonus. Policies with negative momentum and high confidence (consistent recent underperformance) receive a selection penalty.
Effect: When markets shift, the system detects the shift more quickly through momentum tracking, enabling faster adaptation than standard bandits.
Signal Generation: The Core Algorithm
Multi-Timeframe Fractal Detection
RPD identifies reversal points using three complementary methods :
1. Quantum State Analysis:
Divides price range into discrete states (default: 6 levels)
Peak signals require price in top states (≥ state 5)
Valley signals require price in bottom states (≤ state 1)
Prevents mid-range signals that may struggle in strong trends
2. Fractal Geometry:
Identifies swing highs/lows using configurable fractal strength
Confirms local extremum with neighboring bars
Validates reversal only if price crosses prior extreme
3. Multi-Timeframe Confirmation:
Analyzes higher timeframe (4× default) for alignment
MTF confirmation adds probability bonus
Designed to reduce false signals while preserving valid setups
Probability Scoring System
Each signal receives a dynamic probability score (40-99%) based on:
Base Components:
Trend Strength: EMA(velocity) / ATR × 30 points
Entropy Quality: (1 - entropy) × 10 points
Starting baseline: 40 points
Enhancement Bonuses:
Divergence Detection: +20 points (price/momentum divergence)
RSI Extremes: +8 points (RSI >65 for peaks, <40 for valleys)
Volume Confirmation: +5 points (volume >1.2× average)
Adaptive Momentum: +10 points (strong directional velocity)
MTF Alignment: +12 points (higher timeframe confirms)
Range Factor: (high-low)/ATR × 3 - 1.5 points (volatility adjustment)
Regime Bonus: +8 points (trending ADX >25 with directional agreement)
Penalties:
High Entropy: -5 points (entropy >0.85, chaotic price action)
Consolidation Regime: -10 points (ADX <20, no directional conviction)
Final Score: Clamped to 40-99% range, classified as ELITE (>85%), STRONG (75-85%), GOOD (65-75%), or FAIR (<65%)
Entropy-Based Quality Filter
What Is Entropy?
Entropy measures randomness in price changes . Low entropy indicates orderly, directional moves. High entropy indicates chaotic, unpredictable conditions.
Calculation:
Count up/down price changes over adaptive period
Calculate probability: p = ups / total_changes
Shannon entropy: -p×log(p) - (1-p)×log(1-p)
Normalized to 0-1 range
Application:
Entropy <0.5: Highly ordered (ELITE signals possible)
Entropy 0.5-0.75: Mixed (GOOD signals)
Entropy >0.85: Chaotic (signals blocked or heavily penalized)
Why This Matters:
Prevents trading during choppy, news-driven conditions where technical patterns may be less reliable. Automatically raises quality bar when market is unpredictable.
Regime Detection & Market Microstructure - ADX-Based Regime Classification
RPD uses Wilder's Average Directional Index to classify markets:
Bull Trend: ADX >25, +DI > -DI (directional conviction bullish)
Bear Trend: ADX >25, +DI < -DI (directional conviction bearish)
Consolidation: ADX <20 (no directional conviction)
Transitional: ADX 20-25 (forming direction, ambiguous)
Filter Logic:
Blocks all signals during Transitional regime (avoids trading during uncertain conditions)
Blocks Consolidation signals unless ADX ≥ Min Trend Strength
Adds probability bonus during strong trends (ADX >30)
Effect: Designed to reduce signal frequency while focusing on higher-quality setups.
Divergence Detection
Bearish Divergence:
Price makes higher high
Velocity (price momentum) makes lower high
Indicates weakening upward pressure → SHORT signal quality boost
Bullish Divergence:
Price makes lower low
Velocity makes higher low
Indicates weakening downward pressure → LONG signal quality boost
Bonus: Adds probability points and additional acceleration factor. Divergence signals have historically shown higher success rates in testing.
Hierarchical Policy System - The Six Trading Policies
1. AggressiveTrend (Policy 0):
Probability Threshold: 60% (trades more frequently)
Entropy Threshold: 0.70 (tolerates moderate chaos)
Stop Multiplier: 2.5× ATR (wider stops for trends)
Target Multiplier: 5.0R (larger targets)
Entry Mode: Pyramid (scales into winners)
Best For: Strong trending markets, breakouts, momentum continuation
2. ConservativeRange (Policy 1):
Probability Threshold: 75% (more selective)
Entropy Threshold: 0.60 (requires order)
Stop Multiplier: 1.8× ATR (tighter stops)
Target Multiplier: 3.0R (modest targets)
Entry Mode: Single (one-shot entries)
Best For: Range-bound markets, low volatility, mean reversion
3. VolatilityBreakout (Policy 2):
Probability Threshold: 65% (moderate)
Entropy Threshold: 0.80 (accepts high entropy)
Stop Multiplier: 3.0× ATR (wider stops)
Target Multiplier: 6.0R (larger targets)
Entry Mode: Tiered (splits entry)
Best For: Compression breakouts, post-consolidation moves, gap opens
4. EntropyScalp (Policy 3):
Probability Threshold: 80% (very selective)
Entropy Threshold: 0.40 (requires extreme order)
Stop Multiplier: 1.5× ATR (tightest stops)
Target Multiplier: 2.5R (quick targets)
Entry Mode: Single
Best For: Low-volatility grinding moves, tight ranges, highly predictable patterns
5. DivergenceHunter (Policy 4):
Probability Threshold: 70% (quality-focused)
Entropy Threshold: 0.65 (balanced)
Stop Multiplier: 2.2× ATR (moderate stops)
Target Multiplier: 4.5R (balanced targets)
Entry Mode: Tiered
Best For: Divergence-confirmed reversals, exhaustion moves, trend climax
6. AdaptiveBlend (Policy 5):
Probability Threshold: 68% (balanced)
Entropy Threshold: 0.75 (balanced)
Stop Multiplier: 2.0× ATR (standard)
Target Multiplier: 4.0R (standard)
Entry Mode: Single
Best For: Mixed conditions, general trading, fallback when no clear regime
Policy Clustering (Advanced/Extreme Modes)
Policies are grouped into three clusters based on regime affinity:
Cluster 1 (Trending): AggressiveTrend, DivergenceHunter
High regime affinity (0.8): Performs well when ADX >25
Moderate vol affinity (0.6): Works in various volatility
Cluster 2 (Ranging): ConservativeRange, AdaptiveBlend
Low regime affinity (0.3): Better suited for ADX <20
Low vol affinity (0.4): Optimized for calm markets
Cluster 3 (Breakout): VolatilityBreakout
Moderate regime affinity (0.6): Works in multiple regimes
High vol affinity (0.9): Requires high volatility for optimal characteristics
Hierarchical Selection Process:
Calculate cluster scores based on current regime and volatility
Select best-matching cluster
Run UCB selection within chosen cluster
Apply momentum boost/penalty
This two-stage process reduces learning time - instead of choosing among 6 policies from scratch, system first narrows to 1-2 policies per cluster, then optimizes within cluster.
Risk Management & Position Sizing
Dynamic Kelly Criterion Sizing (Optional)
Traditional Fixed Sizing Challenge:
Using the same position size for all signal probabilities may be suboptimal. Higher-probability signals could justify larger positions, lower-probability signals smaller positions.
Kelly Formula:
f = (p × b - q) / b
Where:
p = win probability (from signal score)
q = loss probability (1 - p)
b = win/loss ratio (average_win / average_loss)
f = fraction of capital to risk
RPD Implementation:
Uses Fractional Kelly (1/4 Kelly default) for safety. Full Kelly is theoretically optimal but can recommend large position sizes. Fractional Kelly reduces volatility while maintaining adaptive sizing benefits.
Enhancements:
Probability Bonus: Normalize(prob, 65, 95) × 0.5 multiplier
Divergence Bonus: Additional sizing on divergence signals
Regime Bonus: Additional sizing during strong trends (ADX >30)
Momentum Adjustment: Hot policies receive sizing boost, cold policies receive reduction
Safety Rails:
Minimum: 1 contract (floor)
Maximum: User-defined cap (default 10 contracts)
Portfolio Heat: Max total risk across all positions (default 4% equity)
Multi-Mode Stop Loss System
ATR Mode (Default):
Stop = entry ± (ATR × base_mult × policy_mult)
Consistent risk sizing
Ignores market structure
Best for: Futures, forex, algorithmic trading
Structural Mode:
Finds swing low (long) or high (short) over last 20 bars
Identifies fractal pivots within lookback
Places stop below/above structure + buffer (0.1× ATR)
Best for: Stocks, instruments that respect structure
Hybrid Mode (Intelligent):
Attempts structural stop first
Falls back to ATR if:
Structural level is invalid (beyond entry)
Structural stop >2× ATR away (too wide)
Best for: Mixed instruments, adaptability
Dynamic Adjustments:
Breakeven: Move stop to entry + 1 tick after 1.0R profit
Trailing: Trail stop 0.8R behind price after 1.5R profit
Timeout: Force close after 30 bars (optional)
Tiered Entry System
Challenge: Equal sizing on all signals may not optimize capital allocation relative to signal quality.
Solution:
Tier 1 (40% of size): Enters immediately on all signals
Tier 2 (60% of size): Enters only if probability ≥ Tier 2 trigger (default 75%)
Example:
Calculated optimal size: 10 contracts
Signal probability: 72%
Tier 2 trigger: 75%
Result: Enter 4 contracts only (Tier 1)
Same signal at 80% probability
Result: Enter 10 contracts (4 Tier 1 + 6 Tier 2)
Effect: Automatically scales size to signal quality, optimizing capital allocation.
Performance Optimization & Learning Curve
Warmup Phase (First 50 Trades)
Purpose: Ensure all policies get tested before system focuses on preferred strategies.
Modifications During Warmup:
Probability thresholds reduced 20% (65% becomes 52%)
Entropy thresholds increased 20% (more permissive)
Exploration rate stays high (30%)
Confidence width (α) doubled (more exploration)
Why This Matters:
Without warmup, system might commit to early-performing policy without testing alternatives. Warmup forces thorough exploration before focusing on best-performing strategies.
Curriculum Learning
Phase 1 (Trades 1-50): Exploration
Warmup active
All policies tested
High exploration (30%)
Learning fundamental patterns
Phase 2 (Trades 50-100): Refinement
Warmup ended, thresholds normalize
Exploration decaying (30% → 15%)
Policy preferences emerging
Meta-learning optimizing
Phase 3 (Trades 100-200): Specialization
Exploration low (15% → 8%)
Clear policy preferences established
Momentum tracking fully active
System focusing on learned patterns
Phase 4 (Trades 200+): Maturity
Exploration minimal (8% → 5%)
Regime-policy relationships learned
Auto-adaptation to market shifts
Stable performance expected
Convergence Indicators
System is learning well when:
Policy switch rate decreasing over time (initially ~50%, should drop to <20%)
Exploration rate decaying smoothly (30% → 5%)
One or two policies emerge with >50% selection frequency
Performance metrics stabilizing over time
Consistent behavior in similar market conditions
System may need adjustment when:
Policy switch rate >40% after 100 trades (excessive exploration)
Exploration rate not decaying (parameter issue)
All policies showing similar selection (not differentiating)
Performance declining despite relaxed thresholds (underlying signal issue)
Highly erratic behavior after learning phase
Advanced Features
Attention Mechanism (Extreme Mode)
Challenge: Not all features are equally important. Trading hour might matter more than price-volume correlation, but standard approaches treat them equally.
Solution:
Each RFF dimension has an importance weight . After each trade:
Calculate correlation: sign(feature - 0.5) × sign(reward)
Update importance: importance += correlation × 0.01
Clamp to range
Effect: Important features get amplified in RFF transformation, less important features get suppressed. System learns which features correlate with successful outcomes.
Temporal Context (Extreme Mode)
Challenge: Current market state alone may be incomplete. Historical context (was volatility rising or falling?) provides additional information.
Solution:
Includes 3-period historical context with exponential decay (0.85):
Current features (weight 1.0)
1 bar ago (weight 0.85)
2 bars ago (weight 0.72)
Effect: Captures momentum and acceleration of market features. System learns patterns like "rising volatility with falling entropy" that may precede significant moves.
Transfer Learning via Episodic Memory
Short-Term Memory (STM):
Last 20 trades
Fast adaptation to immediate regime
High learning rate
Long-Term Memory (LTM):
Condensed historical patterns
Preserved knowledge from past regimes
Low learning rate
Transfer Mechanism:
When STM fills (20 trades), patterns consolidated into LTM . When similar regime recurs later, LTM provides faster adaptation than starting from scratch.
Practical Implementation Guide - Recommended Settings by Instrument
Futures (ES, NQ, CL):
Adaptive Period: 20-25
ML Mode: Advanced
RFF Dimensions: 16
Policies: 6
Base Risk: 1.5%
Stop Mode: ATR or Hybrid
Timeframe: 5-15 min
Forex Majors (EURUSD, GBPUSD):
Adaptive Period: 25-30
ML Mode: Advanced
RFF Dimensions: 16
Policies: 6
Base Risk: 1.0-1.5%
Stop Mode: ATR
Timeframe: 5-30 min
Cryptocurrency (BTC, ETH):
Adaptive Period: 20-25
ML Mode: Extreme (handles non-stationarity)
RFF Dimensions: 32 (captures complexity)
Policies: 6
Base Risk: 1.0% (volatility consideration)
Stop Mode: Hybrid
Timeframe: 15 min - 4 hr
Stocks (Large Cap):
Adaptive Period: 25-30
ML Mode: Advanced
RFF Dimensions: 16
Policies: 5-6
Base Risk: 1.5-2.0%
Stop Mode: Structural or Hybrid
Timeframe: 15 min - Daily
Scaling Strategy
Phase 1 (Testing - First 50 Trades):
Max Contracts: 1-2
Goal: Validate system on your instrument
Monitor: Performance stabilization, learning progress
Phase 2 (Validation - Trades 50-100):
Max Contracts: 2-3
Goal: Confirm learning convergence
Monitor: Policy stability, exploration decay
Phase 3 (Scaling - Trades 100-200):
Max Contracts: 3-5
Enable: Kelly sizing (1/4 Kelly)
Goal: Optimize capital efficiency
Monitor: Risk-adjusted returns
Phase 4 (Full Deployment - Trades 200+):
Max Contracts: 5-10
Enable: Full momentum tracking
Goal: Sustained consistent performance
Monitor: Ongoing adaptation quality
Limitations & Disclaimers
Statistical Limitations
Learning Sample Size: System requires minimum 50-100 trades for basic convergence, 200+ trades for robust learning. Early performance (first 50 trades) may not reflect mature system behavior.
Non-Stationarity Risk: Markets change over time. A system trained on one market regime may need time to adapt when conditions shift (typically 30-50 trades for adjustment).
Overfitting Possibility: With 16-32 RFF dimensions and 6 policies, system has substantial parameter space. Small sample sizes (<200 trades) increase overfitting risk. Mitigated by regularization (λ) and fractional Kelly sizing.
Technical Limitations
Computational Complexity: Extreme mode with 32 RFF dimensions, 6 policies, and full RL stack requires significant computation. May perform slowly on lower-end systems or with many other indicators loaded.
Pine Script Constraints:
No true matrix inversion (uses diagonal approximation for LinUCB)
No cryptographic RNG (uses market data as entropy)
No proper random number generation for RFF (uses deterministic pseudo-random)
These approximations reduce mathematical precision compared to academic implementations but remain functional for trading applications.
Data Requirements: Needs clean OHLCV data. Missing bars, gaps, or low liquidity (<100k daily volume) can degrade signal quality.
Forward-Looking Bias Disclaimer
Reward Calculation Uses Future Data: The RL system evaluates trades using an 8-bar forward-looking window. This means when a position enters at bar 100, the reward calculation considers price movement through bar 108.
Why This is Disclosed:
Entry signals do NOT look ahead - decisions use only data up to entry bar
Forward data used for learning only, not signal generation
In live trading, system learns identically as bars unfold in real-time
Simulates natural learning process (outcomes are only known after trades complete)
Implication: Backtested metrics reflect this 8-bar evaluation window. Live performance may vary if:
- Positions held longer than 8 bars
- Slippage/commissions differ from backtest settings
- Market microstructure changes (wider spreads, different execution quality)
Risk Warnings
No Guarantee of Profit: All trading involves substantial risk of loss. Machine learning systems can fail if market structure fundamentally changes or during unprecedented events.
Maximum Drawdown: With 1.5% base risk and 4% max total risk, expect potential drawdowns. Historical drawdowns do not predict future drawdowns. Extreme market conditions can exceed expectations.
Black Swan Events: System has not been tested under: flash crashes, trading halts, circuit breakers, major geopolitical shocks, or other extreme events. Such events can exceed stop losses and cause significant losses.
Leverage Risk: Futures and forex involve leverage. Adverse moves combined with leverage can result in losses exceeding initial investment. Use appropriate position sizing for your risk tolerance.
System Failures: Code bugs, broker API failures, internet outages, or exchange issues can prevent proper execution. Always monitor automated systems and maintain appropriate safeguards.
Appropriate Use
This System Is:
✅ A machine learning framework for adaptive strategy selection
✅ A signal generation system with probabilistic scoring
✅ A risk management system with dynamic sizing
✅ A learning system designed to adapt over time
This System Is NOT:
❌ A price prediction system (does not forecast exact prices)
❌ A guarantee of profits (can and will experience losses)
❌ A replacement for due diligence (requires monitoring and understanding)
❌ Suitable for complete beginners (requires understanding of ML concepts, risk management, and trading fundamentals)
Recommended Use:
Paper trade for 100 signals before risking capital
Start with minimal position sizing (1-2 contracts) regardless of calculated size
Monitor learning progress via dashboard
Scale gradually over several months only after consistent results
Combine with fundamental analysis and broader market context
Set account-level risk limits (e.g., maximum drawdown threshold)
Never risk more than you can afford to lose
What Makes This System Different
RPD implements academically-derived machine learning algorithms rather than simple mathematical calculations or optimization:
✅ LinUCB Contextual Bandits - Algorithm from WWW 2010 conference (Li et al.)
✅ Random Fourier Features - Kernel approximation from NIPS 2007 (Rahimi & Recht)
✅ Q-Learning, TD(λ), REINFORCE - Standard RL algorithms from Sutton & Barto textbook
✅ Meta-Learning - Learning rate adaptation based on feature correlation
✅ Online Learning - Real-time updates from streaming data
✅ Hierarchical Policies - Two-stage selection with clustering
✅ Momentum Tracking - Recent performance analysis for faster adaptation
✅ Attention Mechanism - Feature importance weighting
✅ Transfer Learning - Episodic memory consolidation
Key Differentiators:
Actually learns from trade outcomes (not just parameter optimization)
Updates model parameters in real-time (true online learning)
Adapts to changing market regimes (not static rules)
Improves over time through reinforcement learning
Implements published ML algorithms with proper citations
Conclusion
RPD Machine Learning represents a different approach from traditional technical analysis to adaptive, self-learning systems . Instead of manually optimizing parameters (which can overfit to historical data), RPD learns behavior patterns from actual trading outcomes in your specific market.
The combination of contextual bandits, reinforcement learning, random fourier features, hierarchical policy selection, and momentum tracking creates a multi-algorithm learning system designed to handle non-stationary markets better than static approaches.
After the initial learning phase (50-100 trades), the system achieves autonomous adaptation - automatically discovering which strategies work in current conditions and shifting allocation without human intervention. This represents an approach where systems adapt over time rather than remaining static.
Use responsibly. Paper trade extensively. Scale gradually. Understand that past performance does not guarantee future results and all trading involves risk of loss.
Taking you to school. — Dskyz, Trade with insight. Trade with anticipation.
Shockwave⚡️ Shockwave – Precision Momentum Strategy
🔹 Purpose
Shockwave is a precision-engineered trend and momentum strategy designed for aggressive, high-conviction trades. Built for volatile markets like crypto, this system enters only when trend, volume, and momentum are fully aligned — then exits intelligently using layered profit targets and trend weakening logic.
It filters out false breakouts, traps, and low-quality setups using advanced multi-factor confirmation. Ideal for trend-following traders who want cleaner signals, no repainting, and adaptive position handling.
🔹 Indicator Breakdown
1️⃣ ZLEMA + Gradient Filter (Trend Core)
Defines the trend using a Zero Lag EMA (ZLEMA) for responsiveness.
Gradient slope confirms acceleration or weakening in trend direction.
Uptrend: ZLEMA is rising and slope > 0.
Downtrend: ZLEMA is falling and slope < 0.
2️⃣ Smoothed CCI (Momentum Confirmation)
Uses ZLEMA as the source for CCI to avoid noise.
Bullish momentum: CCI rising above 0.
Bearish momentum: CCI falling below 0.
Filters out chop and premature entries.
3️⃣ Volume Spike Filter
Median-based filter confirms breakout volume integrity.
Requires volume > 1.5x median of previous candles.
Avoids low-volume whipsaws.
4️⃣ Vortex Indicator (Trend Strength Confirmation)
Confirms directional conviction by comparing VI+ vs VI–.
Long: VI+ > VI– and threshold difference is met.
Short: VI– > VI+ and trend strength is validated.
5️⃣ Wick Trap Filter (Reversal Trap Detection)
Blocks entries on manipulative upper/lower wick patterns.
Longs rejected if upper wick > 1.5× body and close is weak.
Shorts rejected if lower wick > 1.5× body and close is strong.
🔹 Strategy Logic & Trade Execution
✅ Entry Conditions
A trade is entered only when all the following align:
ZLEMA trend direction is confirmed.
CCI momentum matches the trend.
Volume spike confirms participation.
Vortex difference meets strength threshold.
No wick trap is present.
✅ Exit Conditions
TP1: 50% of the position is closed at the first profit level.
TP2: Remaining 50% is closed at the second target.
Weak Trend Exit: If ZLEMA slope flips against the trade, the position is closed early.
A 1-bar cooldown delay is enforced after closing to prevent same-bar reentry.
🔹 Take-Profit System
TP1: 50% close at +2% for longs / –2% for shorts
TP2: Full close at +4% for longs / –4% for shorts
Limit orders are used for precise profit-taking
TP1/TP2 status is tracked and displayed in the live dashboard
🔹 Risk Management (Important)
🚫 This strategy does not include a stop-loss by default.
Trades are exited using trend reversal detection or TP targets.
💡 Suggested risk controls:
Add a manual stop-loss based on recent swing high/low
Use appropriate position sizing based on volatility
Apply the strategy in strong trending environments
🔹 Default Backtest Settings
Initial Capital: $1,000
Position Size: 10% of equity per trade
Commission: 0.05%
Slippage: 1
Strategy Date Filter: Adjustable (default: 2023–2029)
🔹 How to Use Shockwave
Apply to any chart (best results on 1H or higher).
Review backtest performance.
Adjust take-profit percentages or thresholds as needed.
Use in strongly trending markets — avoid sideways ranges.
Add your own stop-loss if desired.
⚠️ Disclaimer
This strategy is for educational and informational purposes only. It is not financial advice. Trading involves risk, and past performance does not guarantee future results. Always test thoroughly and manage your own risk.
🚀 Why Use Shockwave?
✔ Multi-layer confirmation for high-quality entries
✔ Non-repainting logic for backtest/live consistency
✔ Adaptive trend/momentum filtering
✔ Dual profit targets for smart trade management
✔ Visual dashboard with live tracking
Titan Investments|Quantitative THEMIS|Pro|BINANCE:BTCUSDTP:4hInvestment Strategy (Quantitative Trading)
| 🛑 | Watch "LIVE" and 'COPY' this strategy in real time:
🔗 Link: www.tradingview.com
Hello, welcome, feel free 🌹💐
Since the stone age to the most technological age, one thing has not changed, that which continues impress human beings the most, is the other human being!
Deep down, it's all very simple or very complicated, depends on how you look at it.
I believe that everyone was born to do something very well in life.
But few are those who have, let's use the word 'luck' .
Few are those who have the 'luck' to discover this thing.
That is why few are happy and successful in their jobs and professions.
Thank God I had this 'luck' , and discovered what I was born to do well.
And I was born to program. 👨💻
📋 Summary : Project Titan
0️⃣ : 🦄 Project Titan
1️⃣ : ⚖️ Quantitative THEMIS
2️⃣ : 🏛️ Titan Community
3️⃣ : 👨💻 Who am I ❔
4️⃣ : ❓ What is Statistical/Probabilistic Trading ❓
5️⃣ : ❓ How Statistical/Probabilistic Trading works ❓
6️⃣ : ❓ Why use a Statistical/Probabilistic system ❓
7️⃣ : ❓ Why the human brain is not prepared to do Trading ❓
8️⃣ : ❓ What is Backtest ❓
9️⃣ : ❓ How to build a Consistent system ❓
🔟 : ❓ What is a Quantitative Trading system ❓
1️⃣1️⃣ : ❓ How to build a Quantitative Trading system ❓
1️⃣2️⃣ : ❓ How to Exploit Market Anomalies ❓
1️⃣3️⃣ : ❓ What Defines a Robust, Profitable and Consistent System ❓
1️⃣4️⃣ : 🔧 Fixed Technical
1️⃣5️⃣ : ❌ Fixed Outputs : 🎯 TP(%) & 🛑SL(%)
1️⃣6️⃣ : ⚠️ Risk Profile
1️⃣7️⃣ : ⭕ Moving Exits : (Indicators)
1️⃣8️⃣ : 💸 Initial Capital
1️⃣9️⃣ : ⚙️ Entry Options
2️⃣0️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : 'Third-Party Services'
2️⃣1️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : 'Exchanges
2️⃣2️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : 'Messaging Services'
2️⃣3️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : '🧲🤖Copy-Trading'
2️⃣4️⃣ : ❔ Why be a Titan Pro 👽❔
2️⃣5️⃣ : ❔ Why be a Titan Aff 🛸❔
2️⃣6️⃣ : 📋 Summary : ⚖️ Strategy: Titan Investments|Quantitative THEMIS|Pro|BINANCE:BTCUSDTP:4h
2️⃣7️⃣ : 📊 PERFORMANCE : 🆑 Conservative
2️⃣8️⃣ : 📊 PERFORMANCE : Ⓜ️ Moderate
2️⃣9️⃣ : 📊 PERFORMANCE : 🅰 Aggressive
3️⃣0️⃣ : 🛠️ Roadmap
3️⃣1️⃣ : 🧻 Notes ❕
3️⃣2️⃣ : 🚨 Disclaimer ❕❗
3️⃣3️⃣ : ♻️ ® No Repaint
3️⃣4️⃣ : 🔒 Copyright ©️
3️⃣5️⃣ : 👏 Acknowledgments
3️⃣6️⃣ : 👮 House Rules : 📺 TradingView
3️⃣7️⃣ : 🏛️ Become a Titan Pro member 👽
3️⃣8️⃣ : 🏛️ Be a member Titan Aff 🛸
0️⃣ : 🦄 Project Titan
This is the first real, 100% automated Quantitative Strategy made available to the public and the pinescript community for TradingView.
You will be able to automate all signals of this strategy for your broker , centralized or decentralized and also for messaging services : Discord, Telegram or Twitter .
This is the first strategy of a larger project, in 2023, I will provide a total of 6 100% automated 'Quantitative' strategies to the pinescript community for TradingView.
The future strategies to be shared here will also be unique , never before seen, real 'Quantitative' bots with real, validated results in real operation.
Just like the 'Quantitative THEMIS' strategy, it will be something out of the loop throughout the pinescript/tradingview community, truly unique tools for building mutual wealth consistently and continuously for our community.
1️⃣ : ⚖️ Quantitative THEMIS : Titan Investments|Quantitative THEMIS|Pro|BINANCE:BTCUSDTP:4h
This is a truly unique and out of the curve strategy for BTC /USD .
A truly real strategy, with real, validated results and in real operation.
A unique tool for building mutual wealth, consistently and continuously for the members of the Titan community.
Initially we will operate on a monthly, quarterly, annual or biennial subscription service.
Our goal here is to build a great community, in exchange for an extremely fair value for the use of our truly unique tools, which bring and will bring real results to our community members.
With this business model it will be possible to provide all Titan users and community members with the purest and highest degree of sophistication in the market with pinescript for tradingview, providing unique and truly profitable strategies.
My goal here is to offer the best to our members!
The best 'pinescript' tradingview service in the world!
We are the only Start-Up in the world that will decentralize real and full access to truly real 'quantitative' tools that bring and will bring real results for mutual and ongoing wealth building for our community.
2️⃣ : 🏛️ Titan Community : 👽 Pro 🔁 Aff 🛸
Become a Titan Pro 👽
To get access to the strategy: "Quantitative THEMIS" , and future Titan strategies in a 100% automated way, along with all tutorials for automation.
Pro Plans: 30 Days, 90 Days, 12 Months, 24 Months.
👽 Pro 🅼 Monthly
👽 Pro 🆀 Quarterly
👽 Pro🅰 Annual
👽 Pro👾Two Years
You will have access to a truly unique system that is out of the curve .
A 100% real, 100% automated, tested, validated, profitable, and in real operation strategy.
Become a Titan Affiliate 🛸
By becoming a Titan Affiliate 🛸, you will automatically receive 50% of the value of each new subscription you refer .
You will receive 50% for any of the above plans that you refer .
This way we will encourage our community to grow in a fair and healthy way, because we know what we have in our hands and what we deliver real value to our users.
We are at the highest level of sophistication in the market, the consistency here and the results here speak for themselves.
So growing our community means growing mutual wealth and raising collective conscience.
Wealth must be created not divided.
And here we are creating mutual wealth on all ends and in all ways.
A non-zero sum system, where everybody wins.
3️⃣ : 👨💻 Who am I ❔
My name is FilipeSoh I am 26 years old, Technical Analyst, Trader, Computer Engineer, pinescript Specialist, with extensive experience in several languages and technologies.
For the last 4 years I have been focusing on developing, editing and creating pinescript indicators and strategies for Tradingview for people and myself.
Full-time passionate workaholic pinescript developer with over 10,000 hours of pinescript development.
• Pinescript expert ▬Tradingview.
• Specialist in Automated Trading
• Specialist in Quantitative Trading.
• Statistical/Probabilistic Trading Specialist - Mark Douglas Scholl.
• Inventor of the 'Classic Forecast' Indicators.
• Inventor of the 'Backtest Table'.
4️⃣ : ❓ What is Statistical/Probabilistic Trading ❓
Statistical/probabilistic trading is the only way to get a positive mathematical expectation regarding the market and consequently that is the only way to make money consistently from it.
I will present below some more details about the Quantitative THEMIS strategy, it is a real strategy, tested, validated and in real operation, 'Skin in the Game' , a consistent way to make money with statistical/probabilistic trading in a 100% automated.
I am a Technical Analyst , I used to be a Discretionary Trader , today I am 100% a Statistical Trader .
I've gotten rich and made a lot of money, and I've also lost a lot with 'leverage'.
That was a few years ago.
The book that changed everything for me was "Trading in The Zone" by Mark Douglas.
That's when I understood that the market is just a game of statistics and probability, like a casino!
It was then that I understood that the human brain is not prepared for trading, because it involves triggers and mental emotions.
And emotions in trading and in making trading decisions do not go well together, not in the long run, because you always have the burden of being wrong with the outcome of that particular position.
But remembering that the market is just a statistical game!
5️⃣ : ❓ How Statistical/Probabilistic Trading works ❓
Let's use a 'coin' as an example:
If we toss a 'coin' up 10 times.
Do you agree that it is impossible for us to know exactly the result of the 'plays' before they actually happen?
As in the example above, would you agree, that we cannot "guess" the outcome of a position before it actually happens?
As much as we cannot "guess" whether the coin will drop heads or tails on each flip.
We can analyze the "backtest" of the 10 moves made with that coin:
If we analyze the 10 moves and count the number of times the coin fell heads or tails in a specific sequence, we then have a percentage of times the coin fell heads or tails, so we have a 'backtest' of those moves.
Then on the next flip we can now assume a point or a favorable position for one side, the side with the highest probability .
In a nutshell, this is more or less how probabilistic statistical trading works.
As Statistical Traders we can never say whether such a Trader/Position we take will be a winner or a loser.
But still we can have a positive and consistent result in a "sequence" of trades, because before we even open a position, backtests have already been performed so we identify an anomaly and build a system that will have a positive statistical advantage in our favor over the market.
The advantage will not be in one trade itself, but in the "sequence" of trades as a whole!
Because our system will work like a casino, having a positive mathematical expectation relative to the players/market.
Design, develop, test models and systems that can take advantage of market anomalies, until they change.
Be the casino! - Mark Douglas
6️⃣ : ❓ Why use a Statistical/Probabilistic system ❓
In recent years I have focused and specialized in developing 100% automated trading systems, essentially for the cryptocurrency market.
I have developed many extremely robust and efficient systems, with positive mathematical expectation towards the market.
These are not complex systems per se , because here we want to avoid 'over-optimization' as much as possible.
As Da Vinci said: "Simplicity is the highest degree of sophistication".
I say this because I have tested, tried and developed hundreds of systems/strategies.
I believe I have programmed more than 10,000 unique indicators/strategies, because this is my passion and purpose in life.
I am passionate about what I do, completely!
I love statistical trading because it is the only way to get consistency in the long run!
This is why I have studied, applied, developed, and specialized in 100% automated cryptocurrency trading systems.
The reason why our systems are extremely "simple" is because, as I mentioned before, in statistical trading we want to exploit the market anomaly to the maximum, that is, this anomaly will change from time to time, usually we can exploit a trading system efficiently for about 6 to 12 months, or for a few years, that is; for fixed 'scalpers' systems.
Because at some point these anomalies will be identified , and from the moment they are identified they will be exploited and will stop being anomalies .
With the system presented here; you can even copy the indicators and input values shared here;
However; what I have to offer you is: it is me , our team , and our community !
That is, we will constantly monitor this system, for life , because our goal here is to create a unique , perpetual , profitable , and consistent system for our community.
Myself , our team and our community will keep this script periodically updated , to ensure the positive mathematical expectation of it.
So we don't mind sharing the current parameters and values , because the real value is also in the future updates that this system will receive from me and our team , guided by our culture and our community of real users !
As we are hosted on 'tradingview', all future updates for this strategy, will be implemented and updated automatically on your tradingview account.
What we want here is: to make sure you get gains from our system, because if you get gains , our ecosystem will grow as a whole in a healthy and scalable way, so we will be generating continuous mutual wealth and raising the collective consciousness .
People Need People: 3️⃣🅿
7️⃣ : ❓ Why the human brain is not prepared to do Trading ❓
Today my greatest skill is to develop statistically profitable and 100% automated strategies for 'pinescript' tradingview.
Note that I said: 'profitable' because in fact statistical trading is the only way to make money in a 'consistent' way from the market.
And consequently have a positive wealth curve every cycle, because we will be based on mathematics, not on feelings and news.
Because the human brain is not prepared to do trading.
Because trading is connected to the decision making of the cerebral cortex.
And the decision making is automatically linked to emotions, and emotions don't match with trading decision making, because in those moments, we can feel the best and also the worst sensations and emotions, and this certainly affects us and makes us commit grotesque mistakes!
That's why the human brain is not prepared to do trading.
If you want to participate in a fully automated, profitable and consistent trading system; be a Titan Pro 👽
I believe we are walking an extremely enriching path here, not only in terms of financial returns for our community, but also in terms of knowledge about probabilistic and automated statistical trading.
You will have access to an extremely robust system, which was built upon very strong concepts and foundations, and upon the world's main asset in a few years: Bitcoin .
We are the tip of the best that exists in the cryptocurrency market when it comes to probabilistic and automated statistical trading.
Result is result! Me being dressed or naked.
This is just the beginning!
But there is a way to consistently make money from the market.
Being the Casino! - Mark Douglas
8️⃣ : ❓ What is Backtest ❓
Imagine the market as a purely random system, but even in 'randomness' there are patterns.
So now imagine the market and statistical trading as follows:
Repeating the above 'coin' example, let's think of it as follows:
If we toss a coin up 10 times again.
It is impossible to know which flips will have heads or tails, correct?
But if we analyze these 10 tosses, then we will have a mathematical statistic of the past result, for example, 70 % of the tosses fell 'heads'.
That is:
7 moves fell on "heads" .
3 moves fell on "tails" .
So based on these conditions and on the generic backtest presented here, we could adopt " heads " as our system of moves, to have a statistical and probabilistic advantage in relation to the next move to be performed.
That is, if you define a system, based on backtests , that has a robust positive mathematical expectation in relation to the market you will have a profitable system.
For every move you make you will have a positive statistical advantage in your favor over the market before you even make the move.
Like a casino in relation to all its players!
The casino does not have an advantage over one specific player, but over all players, because it has a positive mathematical expectation about all the moves that night.
The casino will always have a positive statistical advantage over its players.
Note that there will always be real players who will make real, million-dollar bankrolls that night, but this condition is already built into the casino's 'strategy', which has a pre-determined positive statistical advantage of that night as a whole.
Statistical trading is the same thing, as long as you don't understand this you will keep losing money and consistently.
9️⃣ : ❓ How to build a Consistent system ❓
See most traders around the world perform trades believing that that specific position taken will make them filthy rich, because they simply believe faithfully that the position taken will be an undoubted winner, based on a trader's methodology: 'trading a trade' without analyzing the whole context, just using 'empirical' aspects in their system.
But if you think of trading, as a sequence of moves.
You see, 'a sequence' !
When we think statistically, it doesn't matter your result for this , or for the next specific trade , but the final sequence of trades as a whole.
As the market has a random system of results distribution , if your system has a positive statistical advantage in relation to the market, at the end of that sequence you'll have the biggest probability of having a winning bank.
That's how you do real trading!
And with consistency!
Trading is a long term game, but when you change the key you realize that it is a simple game to make money in a consistent way from the market, all you need is patience.
Even more when we are based on Bitcoin, which has its 'Halving' effect where, in theory, we will never lose money in 3 to 4 years intervals, due to its scarcity and the fact that Bitcoin is the 'discovery of digital scarcity' which makes it the digital gold, we believe in this thesis and we follow Satoshi's legacy.
So align Bitcoin with a probabilistic statistical trading system with a positive mathematical expectation of the market and 100% automated with the long term, and all you need is patience, and you will become rich.
In fact Bitcoin by itself is already a path, buy, wait for each halving and your wealth will be maintained.
No inflation, unlike fiat currencies.
This is a complete and extremely robust strategy, with the most current possible and 'not possible' techniques involved and applied here.
Today I am at another level in developing 100% automated 'quantitative' strategies.
I was born for this!
🔟 : ❓ What is a Quantitative Trading system ❓
In addition to having access to a revolutionary strategy you will have access to disruptive 100% multifunctional tables with the ability to perform 'backtests' for better tracking and monitoring of your system on a customized basis.
I would like to emphasize one thing, and that is that you keep this in mind.
Today my greatest skill in 'pinescript' is to build indicators, but mainly strategies, based on statistical and probabilistic trading, with a postive mathematical expectation in relation to the market, in a 100% automated way.
This with the goal of building a consistent and continuous positive equity curve through mathematics using data, converting it into statistical / probabilistic parameters and applying them to a Quantitative model.
Before becoming a Quantitative Trader , I was a Technical Analyst and a Discretionary Trader .
First as a position trader and then as a day trader.
Before becoming a Trader, I trained myself as a Technical Analyst , to masterly understand the shape and workings of the market in theory.
But everything changed when I met 'Mark Douglas' , when I got to know his works, that's when my head exploded 🤯, and I started to understand the market for good!
The market is nothing more than a 'random' system of distributing results.
See that I said: 'random' .
Do yourself a mental exercise.
Is there really such a thing as random ?
I believe not, as far as we know maybe the 'singularity'.
So thinking this way, to translate, the market is nothing more than a game of probability, statistics and pure mathematics.
Like a casino!
What happens is that most traders, whenever they take a position, take it with all the empirical certainty that such position will win or lose, and do not take into consideration the total sequence of results to understand their place in the market.
Understanding your place in the market gives you the ability to create and design systems that can exploit the present market anomaly, and thus make money statistically, consistently, and 100% automated.
Thinking of it this way, it is easy to make money from the market.
There are many ways to make money from the market, but the only consistent way I know of is through 'probabilistic and automated statistical trading'.
1️⃣1️⃣ : ❓ How to build a Quantitative Trading system ❓
There are some fundamental points that must be addressed here in order to understand what makes up a system based on statistics and probability applied to a quantitative model.
When we talk about 'discretionary' trading, it is a trading system based on human decisions after the defined 'empirical' conditions are met.
It is quite another thing to build a fully automated system without any human interference/interaction .
That said:
Building a statistically profitable system is perfectly possible, but this is a high level task , but with possible high rewards and consistent gains.
Here you will find a real "Skin In The Game" strategy.
With all due respect, but the vast majority of traders who post strategies on TradingView do not understand what they are doing.
Most of them do not understand the minimum complexity involved in the main variable for the construction of a real strategy, the mother variable: "strategy".
I say this by my own experience, because I have analyzed practically all the existing publications of TradingView + 200,000 indicators and strategies.
I breathe pinescript, I eat pinescript, I sleep pinescript, I bathe pinescript, I live TradingView.
But the main advantage for the TradingView users, is that all entry and exit orders made by this strategy can be checked and analyzed thoroughly, to validate and prove the veracity of this strategy, because this is a 100% real strategy.
Here there is a huge world of possibilities, but only one way to build a 'pinescript strategy' that will work correctly aligned to the real world with real results .
There are some fundamental points to take into consideration when building a profitable trading system:
The most important of these for me is: 'DrawDown' .
Followed by: 'Hit Rate' .
And only after that we use the parameter: 'Profit'.
See, this is because here, we are dealing with the 'imponderable' , and anything can happen in this scenario.
But there is one thing that makes us sleep peacefully at night, and that is: controlling losses .
That is, in other words: controlling the DrawDown .
The amateur is concerned with 'winning', the professional is concerned with conserving capital.
If we have the losses under control, then we can move on to the other two parameters: hit rate and profit.
See, the second most important factor in building a system is the hit rate.
I say this from my own experience.
I have worked with many systems with a 'low hit rate', but extremely profitable.
For example: systems with hit rates of 40 to 50%.
But as much as statistically and mathematically the profit is rewarding, operating systems with a low hit rate is always very stressful psychologically.
That's why there are two big reasons why when I build an automated trading system, I focus on the high hit rate of the system, they are
1 - To reduce psychological damage as much as possible .
2 - And more important , when we create a system with a 'high hit rate' , there is a huge intrinsic advantage here, that most statistic traders don't take in consideration.
That is: knowing more quickly when the system stops being functional.
The main advantage of a system with a high hit rate is: to identify when the system stops being functional and stop exploiting the market's anomaly.
Look: When we are talking about trading and random distribution of results on the market, do you agree that when we create a trading system, we are focused on exploring some anomaly of that market?
When that anomaly is verified by the market, it will stop being functional with time.
That's why trading systems, 'scalpers', especially for cryptocurrencies, need constant monitoring, quarterly, semi-annually or annually.
Because market movements change from time to time.
Because we go through different cycles from time to time, such as congestion cycles, accumulation , distribution , volatility , uptrends and downtrends .
1️⃣2️⃣ : ❓ How to Exploit Market Anomalies ❓
You see there is a very important point that must be stressed here.
As we are always trying to exploit an 'anomaly' in the market.
So the 'number' of indicators/tools that will integrate the system is of paramount importance.
But most traders do not take this into consideration.
To build a professional, robust, consistent, and profitable system, you don't need to use hundreds of indicators to build your setup.
This will actually make it harder to read when the setup stops working and needs some adjustment.
So focusing on a high hit rate is very important here, this is a fundamental principle that is widely ignored , and with a high hit rate, we can know much more accurately when the system is no longer functional much faster.
As Darwin said: "It is not the strongest or the most intelligent that wins the game of life, it is the most adapted.
So simple systems, as contradictory as it may seem, are more efficient, because they help to identify inflection points in the market much more quickly.
1️⃣3️⃣ : ❓ What Defines a Robust, Profitable and Consistent System ❓
See I have built, hundreds of thousands of indicators and 'pinescript' strategies, hundreds of thousands.
This is an extremely professional, robust and profitable system.
Based on the currency pairs: BTC /USDT
There are many ways and avenues to build a profitable trading setup/system.
And actually this is not a difficult task, taking in consideration, as the main factor here, that our trading and investment plan is for the long term, so consequently we will face scenarios with less noise.
He who is in a hurry eats raw.
As mentioned before.
Defining trends in pinescript is technically a simple task, the hardest task is to determine congestion zones with low volume and volatility, it's in these moments that many false signals are generated, and consequently is where most setups face their maximum DrawDown.
That's why this strategy was strictly and thoroughly planned, built on a very solid foundation, to avoid as much noise as possible, for a positive and consistent equity curve in each market cycle, 'Consistency' is our 'Mantra' around here.
1️⃣4️⃣ : 🔧 Fixed Technical
• Strategy: Titan Investments|Quantitative THEMIS|Pro|BINANCE:BTCUSDTP:4h
• Pair: BTC/USDTP
• Time Frame: 4 hours
• Broker: Binance (Recommended)
For a more conservative scenario, we have built the Quantitative THEMIS for the 4h time frame, with the main focus on consistency.
So we can avoid noise as much as possible!
1️⃣5️⃣ : ❌ Fixed Outputs : 🎯 TP(%) & 🛑SL(%)
In order to build a 'perpetual' system specific to BTC/USDT, it took a lot of testing, and more testing, and a lot of investment and research.
There is one initial and fundamental point that we can address to justify the incredible consistency presented here.
That fundamental point is our exit via Take Profit or Stop Loss percentage (%).
🎯 Take Profit (%)
🛑 Stop Loss (%)
See, today I have been testing some more advanced backtesting models for some cryptocurrency systems.
In which I perform 'backtest of backtest', i.e. we use a set of strategies each focused on a principle, operating individually, but they are part of something unique, i.e. we do 'backtests' of 'backtests' together.
What I mean is that we do a lot of backtesting around here.
I can assure you, that always the best output for a trading system is to set fixed output values!
In other words:
🎯 Take Profit (%)
🛑 Stop Loss (%)
This happens because statistically setting fixed exit structures in the vast majority of times, presents a superior result on the capital/equity curve, throughout history and for the vast majority of setups compared to other exit methods.
This is due to a mathematical principle of simplicity, 'avoiding more noise'.
Thus whenever the Quantitative THEMIS strategy takes a position it has a target and a defined maximum stop percentage.
1️⃣6️⃣ : ⚠️ Risk Profile
The strategy, currently has 3 risk profiles ⚠️ patterns for 'fixed percentage exits': Take Profit (%) and Stop Loss (%) .
They are: ⚠️ Rich's Profiles
✔️🆑 Conservative: 🎯 TP=2.7 % 🛑 SL=2.7 %
❌Ⓜ️ Moderate: 🎯 TP=2.8 % 🛑 SL=2.7 %
❌🅰 Aggressive: 🎯 TP=1.6 % 🛑 SL=6.9 %
You will be able to select and switch between the above options and profiles through the 'input' menu of the strategy by navigating to the "⚠️ Risk Profile" menu.
You can then select, test and apply the Risk Profile above that best suits your risk management, expectations and reality , as well as customize all the 'fixed exit' values through the TP and SL menus below.
1️⃣7️⃣ : ⭕ Moving Exits : (Indicators)
The strategy currently also has 'Moving Exits' based on indicator signals.
These are Moving Exits (Indicators)
📈 LONG : (EXIT)
🧃 (MAO) Short : true
📉 SHORT : (EXIT)
🧃 (MAO) Long: false
You can select and toggle between the above options through the 'input' menu of the strategy by navigating to the "LONG : Exit" and "SHORT : Exit" menu.
1️⃣8️⃣ : 💸 Initial Capital
By default the "Initial Capital" set for entries and backtests of this strategy is: 10000 $
You can set another value for the 'Starting Capital' through the tradingview menu under "properties" , and edit the value of the "Initial Capital" field.
This way you can set and test other 'Entry Values' for your trades, tests and backtests.
1️⃣9️⃣ : ⚙️ Entry Options
By default the 'order size' set for this strategy is 100 % of the 'initial capital' on each new trade.
You can set and test other entry options like : contracts , cash , % of equity
You should make these changes directly in the input menu of the strategy by navigating to the menu "⚙️ Properties : TradingView" below.
⚙️ Properties : (TradingView)
📊 Strategy Type: strategy.position_size != 1
📝💲 % Order Type: % of equity
📝💲 % Order Size: 100
Leverage: 1
So you can define and test other 'Entry Options' for your trades, tests and backtests.
2️⃣0️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : 'Third-Party Services'
It is possible to automate the signals of this strategy for any centralized or decentralized broker, as well as for messaging services: Discord, Telegram and Twitter.
All in an extremely simple and uncomplicated way through the tutorials available in PDF /VIDEO for our Titan Pro 👽 subscriber community.
With our tutorials in PDF and Video it will be possible to automate the signals of this strategy for the chosen service in an extremely simple way with less than 10 steps only.
Tradingview naturally doesn't count with native integration between brokers and tradingview.
But it is possible to use 'third party services' to do the integration and automation between Tradingview and your centralized or decentralized broker.
Here are the standard, available and recommended 'third party services' to automate the signals from the 'Quantitative THEMIS' strategy on the tradingview for your broker:
1) Wundertrading (Recommended):
2) 3commas:
3) Zignaly:
4) Aleeert.com (Recommended):
5) Alertatron:
Note! 'Third party services' cannot perform 'withdrawals' via their key 'API', they can only open positions, so your funds will always be 'safe' in your brokerage firm, being traded via the 'API', when they receive an entry and exit signal from this strategy.
2️⃣1️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : 'Exchanges
You can automate this strategy for any of the brokers below, through your broker's 'API' by connecting it to the 'third party automation services' for tradingview available and mentioned in the menu above:
1) Binance (Recommended)
2) Bitmex
3) Bybit
4) KuCoin
5) Deribit
6) OKX
7) Coinbase
8) Huobi
9) Bitfinex
10) Bitget
11) Bittrex
12) Bitstamp
13) Gate. io
14) Kraken
15) Gemini
16) Ascendex
17) VCCE
2️⃣2️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : 'Messaging Services'
You can also automate and monitor the signals of this strategy much more efficiently by sending them to the following popular messaging services:
1) Discord
2) Telegram
3) Twitter
2️⃣3️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : '🧲🤖Copy-Trading'
It will also be possible to copy/replicate the entries and exits of this strategy to your broker in an extremely simple and agile way, through the available copy-trader services.
This way it will be possible to replicate the signals of this strategy at each entry and exit to your broker through the API connecting it to the integrated copy-trader services available through the tradingview automation services below:
1) Wundetrading:
2) Zignaly:
2️⃣4️⃣ : ❔ Why be a Titan Pro 👽❔
I believe that today I am at another level in 'pinescript' development.
I consider myself today a true unicorn as a pinescript developer, someone unique and very rare.
If you choose another tool or another pinescript service, this tool will be just another one, with no real results.
But if you join our Titan community, you will have access to a unique tool! And you will get real results!
I already earn money consistently with statistical and automated trading and as an expert pinescript developer.
I am here to evolve my skills as much as possible, and one day become a pinescript 'Wizard'.
So excellence, quality and professionalism will always be my north here.
You will never find a developer like me, and who will take so seriously such a revolutionary project as this one. A Maverick! ▬ The man never stops!
Here you will find the highest degree of sophistication and development in the market for 'pinescript'.
You will get the best of me and the best of pinescript possible.
Let me show you how a professional in my field does it.
Become a Titan Pro Member 👽 and get Full Access to this strategy and all the Automation Tutorials.
Be the Titan in your life!
2️⃣5️⃣ : ❔ Why be a Titan Aff 🛸❔
Get financial return for your referrals, Decentralize the World, and raise the collective consciousness.
2️⃣6️⃣ : 📋 Summary : ⚖️ Strategy: Titan Investments|Quantitative THEMIS|Pro|BINANCE:BTCUSDTP:4h
® Titan Investimentos | Quantitative THEMIS ⚖️ | Pro 👽 2.6 | Dev: © FilipeSoh 🧙 | 🤖 100% Automated : Discord, Telegram, Twitter, Wundertrading, 3commas, Zignaly, Aleeert, Alertatron, Uniswap-v3 | BINANCE:BTCUSDTPERP 4h
🛒 Subscribe this strategy ❗️ Be a Titan Member 🏛️
🛒 Titan Pro 👽 🏛️ Titan Pro 👽 Version with ✔️100% Integrated Automation 🤖 and 📚 Automation Tutorials ✔️100% available at: (PDF/VIDEO)
🛒 Titan Affiliate 🛸 🏛️ Titan Affiliate 🛸 (Subscription Sale) 🔥 Receive 50% commission
📋 Summary : QT THEMIS ⚖️
🕵️♂️ Check This Strategy..................................................................0
🦄 ® Titan Investimentos...............................................................1
👨💻 © Developer..........................................................................2
📚 Signal Automation Tutorials : (PDF/VIDEO).......................................3
👨🔧 Revision...............................................................................4
📊 Table : (BACKTEST)..................................................................5
📊 Table : (INFORMATIONS).............................................................6
⚙️ Properties : (TRADINGVIEW)........................................................7
📆 Backtest : (TRADINGVIEW)..........................................................8
⚠️ Risk Profile...........................................................................9
🟢 On 🔴 Off : (LONG/SHORT).......................................................10
📈 LONG : (ENTRY)....................................................................11
📉 SHORT : (ENTRY)...................................................................12
📈 LONG : (EXIT).......................................................................13
📉 SHORT : (EXIT)......................................................................14
🧩 (EI) External Indicator.............................................................15
📡 (QT) Quantitative...................................................................16
🎠 (FF) Forecast......................................................................17
🅱 (BB) Bollinger Bands................................................................18
🧃 (MAP) Moving Average Primary......................................................19
🧃 (MAP) Labels.........................................................................20
🍔 (MAQ) Moving Average Quaternary.................................................21
🍟 (MACD) Moving Average Convergence Divergence...............................22
📣 (VWAP) Volume Weighted Average Price........................................23
🪀 (HL) HILO..........................................................................24
🅾 (OBV) On Balance Volume.........................................................25
🥊 (SAR) Stop and Reverse...........................................................26
🛡️ (DSR) Dynamic Support and Resistance..........................................27
🔊 (VD) Volume Directional..........................................................28
🧰 (RSI) Relative Momentum Index.................................................29
🎯 (TP) Take Profit %..................................................................30
🛑 (SL) Stop Loss %....................................................................31
🤖 Automation Selected...............................................................32
📱💻 Discord............................................................................33
📱💻 Telegram..........................................................................34
📱💻 Twitter...........................................................................35
🤖 Wundertrading......................................................................36
🤖 3commas............................................................................37
🤖 Zignaly...............................................................................38
🤖 Aleeert...............................................................................39
🤖 Alertatron...........................................................................40
🤖 Uniswap-v3..........................................................................41
🧲🤖 Copy-Trading....................................................................42
♻️ ® No Repaint........................................................................43
🔒 Copyright ©️..........................................................................44
🏛️ Be a Titan Member..................................................................45
Nº Active Users..........................................................................46
⏱ Time Left............................................................................47
| 0 | 🕵️♂️ Check This Strategy
🕵️♂️ Version Demo: 🐄 Version with ❌non-integrated automation 🤖 and 📚 Tutorials for automation ❌not available
🕵️♂️ Version Pro: 👽 Version with ✔️100% Integrated Automation 🤖 and 📚 Automation Tutorials ✔️100% available at: (PDF/VIDEO)
| 1 | 🦄 ® Titan Investimentos
Decentralizing the World 🗺
Raising the Collective Conscience 🗺
🦄Site:
🦄TradingView: www.tradingview.com
🦄Discord:
🦄Telegram:
🦄Youtube:
🦄Twitter:
🦄Instagram:
🦄TikTok:
🦄Linkedin:
🦄E-mail:
| 2 | 👨💻 © Developer
🧠 Developer: @FilipeSoh🧙
📺 TradingView: www.tradingview.com
☑️ Linkedin:
✅ Fiverr:
✅ Upwork:
🎥 YouTube:
🐤 Twitter:
🤳 Instagram:
| 3 | 📚 Signal Automation Tutorials : (PDF/VIDEO)
📚 Discord: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Telegram: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Twitter: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Wundertrading: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 3comnas: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Zignaly: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Aleeert: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Alertatron: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Uniswap-v3: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Copy-Trading: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 4 | 👨🔧 Revision
👨🔧 Start Of Operations: 01 Jan 2019 21:00 -0300 💡 Start Of Operations (Skin in the game) : Revision 1.0
👨🔧 Previous Review: 01 Jan 2022 21:00 -0300 💡 Previous Review : Revision 2.0
👨🔧 Current Revision: 01 Jan 2023 21:00 -0300 💡 Current Revision : Revision 2.6
👨🔧 Next Revision: 28 May 2023 21:00 -0300 💡 Next Revision : Revision 2.7
| 5 | 📊 Table : (BACKTEST)
📊 Table: true
🖌️ Style: label.style_label_left
📐 Size: size_small
📏 Line: defval
🎨 Color: #131722
| 6 | 📊 Table : (INFORMATIONS)
📊 Table: false
🖌️ Style: label.style_label_right
📐 Size: size_small
📏 Line: defval
🎨 Color: #131722
| 7 | ⚙️ Properties : (TradingView)
📊 Strategy Type: strategy.position_size != 1
📝💲 % Order Type: % of equity
📝💲 % Order Size: 100 %
🚀 Leverage: 1
| 8 | 📆 Backtest : (TradingView)
🗓️ Mon: true
🗓️ Tue: true
🗓️ Wed: true
🗓️ Thu: true
🗓️ Fri: true
🗓️ Sat: true
🗓️ Sun: true
📆 Range: custom
📆 Start: UTC 31 Oct 2008 00:00
📆 End: UTC 31 Oct 2030 23:45
📆 Session: 0000-0000
📆 UTC: UTC
| 9 | ⚠️ Risk Profile
✔️🆑 Conservative: 🎯 TP=2.7 % 🛑 SL=2.7 %
❌Ⓜ️ Moderate: 🎯 TP=2.8 % 🛑 SL=2.7 %
❌🅰 Aggressive: 🎯 TP=1.6 % 🛑 SL=6.9 %
| 10 | 🟢 On 🔴 Off : (LONG/SHORT)
🟢📈 LONG: true
🟢📉 SHORT: true
| 11 | 📈 LONG : (ENTRY)
📡 (QT) Long: true
🧃 (MAP) Long: false
🅱 (BB) Long: false
🍟 (MACD) Long: false
🅾 (OBV) Long: false
| 12 | 📉 SHORT : (ENTRY)
📡 (QT) Short: true
🧃 (MAP) Short: false
🅱 (BB) Short: false
🍟 (MACD) Short: false
🅾 (OBV) Short: false
| 13 | 📈 LONG : (EXIT)
🧃 (MAP) Short: true
| 14 | 📉 SHORT : (EXIT)
🧃 (MAP) Long: false
| 15 | 🧩 (EI) External Indicator
🧩 (EI) Connect your external indicator/filter: false
🧩 (EI) Connect your indicator here (Study mode only): close
🧩 (EI) Connect your indicator here (Study mode only): close
| 16 | 📡 (QT) Quantitative
📡 (QT) Quantitative: true
📡 (QT) Market: BINANCE:BTCUSDTPERP
📡 (QT) Dice: openai
| 17 | 🎠 (FF) Forecast
🎠 (FF) Include current unclosed current candle: true
🎠 (FF) Forecast Type: flat
🎠 (FF) Nº of candles to use in linear regression: 3
| 18 | 🅱 (BB) Bollinger Bands
🅱 (BB) Bollinger Bands: true
🅱 (BB) Type: EMA
🅱 (BB) Period: 20
🅱 (BB) Source: close
🅱 (BB) Multiplier: 2
🅱 (BB) Linewidth: 0
🅱 (BB) Color: #131722
| 19 | 🧃 (MAP) Moving Average Primary
🧃 (MAP) Moving Average Primary: true
🧃 (MAP) BarColor: false
🧃 (MAP) Background: false
🧃 (MAP) Type: SMA
🧃 (MAP) Source: open
🧃 (MAP) Period: 100
🧃 (MAP) Multiplier: 2.0
🧃 (MAP) Linewidth: 2
🧃 (MAP) Color P: #42bda8
🧃 (MAP) Color N: #801922
| 20 | 🧃 (MAP) Labels
🧃 (MAP) Labels: true
🧃 (MAP) Style BUY ZONE: shape.labelup
🧃 (MAP) Color BUY ZONE: #42bda8
🧃 (MAP) Style SELL ZONE: shape.labeldown
🧃 (MAP) Color SELL ZONE: #801922
| 21 | 🍔 (MAQ) Moving Average Quaternary
🍔 (MAQ) Moving Average Quaternary: true
🍔 (MAQ) BarColor: false
🍔 (MAQ) Background: false
🍔 (MAQ) Type: SMA
🍔 (MAQ) Source: close
🍔 (MAQ) Primary: 14
🍔 (MAQ) Secondary: 22
🍔 (MAQ) Tertiary: 44
🍔 (MAQ) Quaternary: 16
🍔 (MAQ) Linewidth: 0
🍔 (MAQ) Color P: #42bda8
🍔 (MAQ) Color N: #801922
| 22 | 🍟 (MACD) Moving Average Convergence Divergence
🍟 (MACD) Macd Type: EMA
🍟 (MACD) Signal Type: EMA
🍟 (MACD) Source: close
🍟 (MACD) Fast: 12
🍟 (MACD) Slow: 26
🍟 (MACD) Smoothing: 9
| 23 | 📣 (VWAP) Volume Weighted Average Price
📣 (VWAP) Source: close
📣 (VWAP) Period: 340
📣 (VWAP) Momentum A: 84
📣 (VWAP) Momentum B: 150
📣 (VWAP) Average Volume: 1
📣 (VWAP) Multiplier: 1
📣 (VWAP) Diviser: 2
| 24 | 🪀 (HL) HILO
🪀 (HL) Type: SMA
🪀 (HL) Function: Maverick🧙
🪀 (HL) Source H: high
🪀 (HL) Source L: low
🪀 (HL) Period: 20
🪀 (HL) Momentum: 26
🪀 (HL) Diviser: 2
🪀 (HL) Multiplier: 1
| 25 | 🅾 (OBV) On Balance Volume
🅾 (OBV) Type: EMA
🅾 (OBV) Source: close
🅾 (OBV) Period: 16
🅾 (OBV) Diviser: 2
🅾 (OBV) Multiplier: 1
| 26 | 🥊 (SAR) Stop and Reverse
🥊 (SAR) Source: close
🥊 (SAR) High: 1.8
🥊 (SAR) Mid: 1.6
🥊 (SAR) Low: 1.6
🥊 (SAR) Diviser: 2
🥊 (SAR) Multiplier: 1
| 27 | 🛡️ (DSR) Dynamic Support and Resistance
🛡️ (DSR) Source D: close
🛡️ (DSR) Source R: high
🛡️ (DSR) Source S: low
🛡️ (DSR) Momentum R: 0
🛡️ (DSR) Momentum S: 2
🛡️ (DSR) Diviser: 2
🛡️ (DSR) Multiplier: 1
| 28 | 🔊 (VD) Volume Directional
🔊 (VD) Type: SMA
🔊 (VD) Period: 68
🔊 (VD) Momentum: 3.8
🔊 (VD) Diviser: 2
🔊 (VD) Multiplier: 1
| 29 | 🧰 (RSI) Relative Momentum Index
🧰 (RSI) Type UP: EMA
🧰 (RSI) Type DOWN: EMA
🧰 (RSI) Source: close
🧰 (RSI) Period: 29
🧰 (RSI) Smoothing: 22
🧰 (RSI) Momentum R: 64
🧰 (RSI) Momentum S: 142
🧰 (RSI) Diviser: 2
🧰 (RSI) Multiplier: 1
| 30 | 🎯 (TP) Take Profit %
🎯 (TP) Take Profit: false
🎯 (TP) %: 2.2
🎯 (TP) Color: #42bda8
🎯 (TP) Linewidth: 1
| 31 | 🛑 (SL) Stop Loss %
🛑 (SL) Stop Loss: false
🛑 (SL) %: 2.7
🛑 (SL) Color: #801922
🛑 (SL) Linewidth: 1
| 32 | 🤖 Automation : Discord | Telegram | Twitter | Wundertrading | 3commas | Zignaly | Aleeert | Alertatron | Uniswap-v3
🤖 Automation Selected : Discord
| 33 | 🤖 Discord
🔗 Link Discord: discord.com
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Discord ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Discord ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Discord ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Discord ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 34 | 🤖 Telegram
🔗 Link Telegram: telegram.org
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Telegram ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Telegram ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Telegram ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Telegram ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 35 | 🤖 Twitter
🔗 Link Twitter: twitter.com
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Twitter ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Twitter ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Twitter ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Twitter ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 36 | 🤖 Wundertrading : Binance | Bitmex | Bybit | KuCoin | Deribit | OKX | Coinbase | Huobi | Bitfinex | Bitget
🔗 Link Wundertrading: wundertrading.com
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Wundertrading ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Wundertrading ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Wundertrading ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Wundertrading ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 37 | 🤖 3commas : Binance | Bybit | OKX | Bitfinex | Coinbase | Deribit | Bitmex | Bittrex | Bitstamp | Gate.io | Kraken | Gemini | Huobi | KuCoin
🔗 Link 3commas: 3commas.io
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 3commas ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 3commas ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 3commas ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 3commas ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 38 | 🤖 Zignaly : Binance | Ascendex | Bitmex | Kucoin | VCCE
🔗 Link Zignaly: zignaly.com
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
🤖 Type Automation: Profit Sharing
🤖 Type Provider: Webook
🔑 Key: 🔒Titan Pro👽
🤖 pair: BTCUSDTP
🤖 exchange: binance
🤖 exchangeAccountType: futures
🤖 orderType: market
🚀 leverage: 1x
% positionSizePercentage: 100 %
💸 positionSizeQuote: 10000 $
🆔 signalId: @Signal1234
| 39 | 🤖 Aleeert : Binance
🔗 Link Aleeert: aleeert.com
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Aleeert ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Aleeert ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Aleeert ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Aleeert ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 40 | 🤖 Alertatron : Binance | Bybit | Deribit | Bitmex
🔗 Link Alertatron: alertatron.com
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Alertatron ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Alertatron ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Alertatron ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Alertatron ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 41 | 🤖 Uniswap-v3
🔗 Link Alertatron: uniswap.org
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Uniswap-v3 ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Uniswap-v3 ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Uniswap-v3 ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Uniswap-v3 ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 42 | 🧲🤖 Copy-Trading : Zignaly | Wundertrading
🔗 Link 📚 Copy-Trading: 🔒Titan Pro👽
🧲🤖 Copy-Trading ▬ Zignaly: 🔒Titan Pro👽
🧲🤖 Copy-Trading ▬ Wundertrading: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 43 | ♻️ ® Don't Repaint!
♻️ This Strategy does not Repaint!: ® Signs Do not repaint❕
♻️ This is a Real Strategy!: Quality : ® Titan Investimentos
📋️️ Get more information about Repainting here:
| 44 | 🔒 Copyright ©️
🔒 Copyright ©️: Copyright © 2023-2024 All rights reserved, ® Titan Investimentos
🔒 Copyright ©️: ® Titan Investimentos
🔒 Copyright ©️: Unique and Exclusive Strategy. All rights reserved
| 45 | 🏛️ Be a Titan Members
🏛️ Titan Pro 👽 Version with ✔️100% Integrated Automation 🤖 and 📚 Automation Tutorials ✔️100% available at: (PDF/VIDEO)
🏛️ Titan Affiliate 🛸 (Subscription Sale) 🔥 Receive 50% commission
| 46 | ⏱ Time Left
Time Left Titan Demo 🐄: ⏱♾ | ⏱ : ♾ Titan Demo 🐄 Version with ❌non-integrated automation 🤖 and 📚 Tutorials for automation ❌not available
Time Left Titan Pro 👽: 🔒Titan Pro👽 | ⏱ : Pro Plans: 30 Days, 90 Days, 12 Months, 24 Months. (👽 Pro 🅼 Monthly, 👽 Pro 🆀 Quarterly, 👽 Pro🅰 Annual, 👽 Pro👾Two Years)
| 47 | Nº Active Users
Nº Active Subscribers Titan Pro 👽: 5️⃣6️⃣ | 1✔️ 5✔️ 10✔️ 100❌ 1K❌ 10K❌ 50K❌ 100K❌ 1M❌ 10M❌ 100M❌ : ⏱ Active Users is updated every 24 hours (Check on indicator)
Nº Active Affiliates Titan Aff 🛸: 6️⃣ | 1✔️ 5✔️ 10❌ 100❌ 1K❌ 10K❌ 50K❌ 100K❌ 1M❌ 10M❌ 100M❌ : ⏱ Active Users is updated every 24 hours (Check on indicator)
2️⃣7️⃣ : 📊 PERFORMANCE : 🆑 Conservative
📊 Exchange: Binance
📊 Pair: BINANCE: BTCUSDTPERP
📊 TimeFrame: 4h
📊 Initial Capital: 10000 $
📊 Order Type: % equity
📊 Size Per Order: 100 %
📊 Commission: 0.03 %
📊 Pyramid: 1
• ⚠️ Risk Profile: 🆑 Conservative: 🎯 TP=2.7 % | 🛑 SL=2.7 %
• 📆All years: 🆑 Conservative: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
📆 Start: September 23, 2019
📆 End: January 11, 2023
📅 Days: 1221
📅 Bars: 7325
Net Profit:
🟢 + 1669.89 %
💲 + 166989.43 USD
Total Close Trades:
⚪️ 369
Percent Profitable:
🟡 64.77 %
Profit Factor:
🟢 2.314
DrawDrown Maximum:
🔴 -24.82 %
💲 -10221.43 USD
Avg Trade:
💲 + 452.55 USD
✔️ Trades Winning: 239
❌ Trades Losing: 130
✔️ Average Gross Win: + 12.31 %
❌ Average Gross Loss: - 9.78 %
✔️ Maximum Consecutive Wins: 9
❌ Maximum Consecutive Losses: 6
% Average Gain Annual: 499.33 %
% Average Gain Monthly: 41.61 %
% Average Gain Weekly: 9.6 %
% Average Gain Day: 1.37 %
💲 Average Gain Annual: 49933 $
💲 Average Gain Monthly: 4161 $
💲 Average Gain Weekly: 960 $
💲 Average Gain Day: 137 $
• 📆 Year: 2020: 🆑 Conservative: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
• 📆 Year: 2021: 🆑 Conservative: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
• 📆 Year: 2022: 🆑 Conservative: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
2️⃣8️⃣ : 📊 PERFORMANCE : Ⓜ️ Moderate
📊 Exchange: Binance
📊 Pair: BINANCE: BTCUSDTPERP
📊 TimeFrame: 4h
📊 Initial Capital: 10000 $
📊 Order Type: % equity
📊 Size Per Order: 100 %
📊 Commission: 0.03 %
📊 Pyramid: 1
• ⚠️ Risk Profile: Ⓜ️ Moderate: 🎯 TP=2.8 % | 🛑 SL=2.7 %
• 📆 All years: Ⓜ️ Moderate: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
📆 Start: September 23, 2019
📆 End: January 11, 2023
📅 Days: 1221
📅 Bars: 7325
Net Profit:
🟢 + 1472.04 %
💲 + 147199.89 USD
Total Close Trades:
⚪️ 362
Percent Profitable:
🟡 63.26 %
Profit Factor:
🟢 2.192
DrawDrown Maximum:
🔴 -22.69 %
💲 -9269.33 USD
Avg Trade:
💲 + 406.63 USD
✔️ Trades Winning: 229
❌ Trades Losing : 133
✔️ Average Gross Win: + 11.82 %
❌ Average Gross Loss: - 9.29 %
✔️ Maximum Consecutive Wins: 9
❌ Maximum Consecutive Losses: 8
% Average Gain Annual: 440.15 %
% Average Gain Monthly: 36.68 %
% Average Gain Weekly: 8.46 %
% Average Gain Day: 1.21 %
💲 Average Gain Annual: 44015 $
💲 Average Gain Monthly: 3668 $
💲 Average Gain Weekly: 846 $
💲 Average Gain Day: 121 $
• 📆 Year: 2020: Ⓜ️ Moderate: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
• 📆 Year: 2021: Ⓜ️ Moderate: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
• 📆 Year: 2022: Ⓜ️ Moderate: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
2️⃣9️⃣ : 📊 PERFORMANCE : 🅰 Aggressive
📊 Exchange: Binance
📊 Pair: BINANCE: BTCUSDTPERP
📊 TimeFrame: 4h
📊 Initial Capital: 10000 $
📊 Order Type: % equity
📊 Size Per Order: 100 %
📊 Commission: 0.03 %
📊 Pyramid: 1
• ⚠️ Risk Profile: 🅰 Aggressive: 🎯 TP=1.6 % | 🛑 SL=6.9 %
• 📆 All years: 🅰 Aggressive: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
📆 Start: September 23, 2019
📆 End: January 11, 2023
📅 Days: 1221
📅 Bars: 7325
Net Profit:
🟢 + 989.38 %
💲 + 98938.38 USD
Total Close Trades:
⚪️ 380
Percent Profitable:
🟢 84.47 %
Profit Factor:
🟢 2.156
DrawDrown Maximum:
🔴 -17.88 %
💲 -9182.84 USD
Avg Trade:
💲 + 260.36 USD
✔️ Trades Winning: 321
❌ Trades Losing: 59
✔️ Average Gross Win: + 5.75 %
❌ Average Gross Loss: - 14.51 %
✔️ Maximum Consecutive Wins: 21
❌ Maximum Consecutive Losses: 6
% Average Gain Annual: 295.84 %
% Average Gain Monthly: 24.65 %
% Average Gain Weekly: 5.69 %
% Average Gain Day: 0.81 %
💲 Average Gain Annual: 29584 $
💲 Average Gain Monthly: 2465 $
💲 Average Gain Weekly: 569 $
💲 Average Gain Day: 81 $
• 📆 Year: 2020: 🅰 Aggressive: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
• 📆 Year: 2021: 🅰 Aggressive: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
• 📆 Year: 2022: 🅰 Aggressive: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
3️⃣0️⃣ : 🛠️ Roadmap
🛠️• 14/ 01 /2023 : Titan THEMIS Launch
🛠️• Updates January/2023 :
• 📚 Tutorials for Automation 🤖 already Available : ✔️
• ✔️ Discord
• ✔️ Wundertrading
• ✔️ Zignaly
• 📚 Tutorials for Automation 🤖 In Preparation : ⭕
• ⭕ Telegram
• ⭕ Twitter
• ⭕ 3comnas
• ⭕ Aleeert
• ⭕ Alertatron
• ⭕ Uniswap-v3
• ⭕ Copy-Trading
🛠️• Updates February/2023 :
• 📰 Launch of advertising material for Titan Affiliates 🛸
• 🛍️🎥🖼️📊 (Sales Page/VSL/Videos/Creative/Infographics)
🛠️• 28/05/2023 : Titan THEMIS update ▬ Version 2.7
🛠️• 28/05/2023 : BOT BOB release ▬ Version 1.0
• (Native Titan THEMIS Automation - Through BOT BOB, a bot for automation of signals, indicators and strategies of TradingView, of own code ▬ in validation.
• BOT BOB
Automation/Connection :
• API - For Centralized Brokers.
• Smart Contracts - Wallet Web - For Decentralized Brokers.
• This way users can automate any indicator or strategy of TradingView and Titan in a decentralized, secure and simplified way.
• Without having the need to use 'third party services' for automating TradingView indicators and strategies like the ones available above.
🛠️• 28/05/2023 : Release ▬ Titan Culture Guide 📝
3️⃣1️⃣ : 🧻 Notes ❕
🧻 • Note ❕ The "Demo 🐄" version, ❌does not have 'integrated automation', to automate the signals of this strategy and enjoy a fully automated system, you need to have access to the Pro version with '100% integrated automation' and all the tutorials for automation available. Become a Titan Pro 👽
🧻 • Note ❕ You will also need to be a "Pro User or higher on Tradingview", to be able to use the webhook feature available only for 'paid' profiles on the platform.
With the webhook feature it is possible to send the signals of this strategy to almost anywhere, in our case to centralized or decentralized brokerages, also to popular messaging services such as: Discord, Telegram or Twiter.
3️⃣2️⃣ : 🚨 Disclaimer ❕❗
🚨 • Disclaimer ❕❕ Past positive result and performance of a system does not guarantee its positive result and performance for the future!
🚨 • Disclaimer ❗❗❗ When using this strategy: Titan Investments is totally Exempt from any claim of liability for losses. The responsibility on the management of your funds is solely yours. This is a very high risk/volatility market! Understand your place in the market.
3️⃣3️⃣ : ♻️ ® No Repaint
This Strategy does not Repaint! This is a real strategy!
3️⃣4️⃣ : 🔒 Copyright ©️
Copyright © 2022-2023 All rights reserved, ® Titan Investimentos
3️⃣5️⃣ : 👏 Acknowledgments
I want to start this message in thanks to TradingView and all the Pinescript community for all the 'magic' created here, a unique ecosystem! rich and healthy, a fertile soil, a 'new world' of possibilities, for a complete deepening and improvement of our best personal skills.
I leave here my immense thanks to the whole community: Tradingview, Pinecoders, Wizards and Moderators.
I was not born Rich .
Thanks to TradingView and pinescript and all its transformation.
I could develop myself and the best of me and the best of my skills.
And consequently build wealth and patrimony.
Gratitude.
One more story for the infinite book !
If you were born poor you were born to be rich !
Raising🔼 the level and raising🔼 the ruler! 📏
My work is my 'debauchery'! Do better! 💐🌹
Soul of a first-timer! Creativity Exudes! 🦄
This is the manifestation of God's magic in me. This is the best of me. 🧙
You will copy me, I know. So you owe me. 💋
My mission here is to raise the consciousness and self-esteem of all Titans and Titanids! Welcome! 🧘 🏛️
The only way to accomplish great work is to do what you love ! Before I learned to program I was wasting my life!
Death is the best creation of life .
Now you are the new , but in the not so distant future you will gradually become the old . Here I stay forever!
Playing the game like an Athlete! 🖼️ Enjoy and Enjoy 🍷 🗿
In honor of: BOB ☆
1 name, 3 letters, 3 possibilities, and if read backwards it's the same thing, a palindrome. ☘
Gratitude to the oracles that have enabled me the 'luck' to get this far: Dal&Ni&Fer
3️⃣6️⃣ : 👮 House Rules : 📺 TradingView
House Rules : This publication and strategy follows all TradingView house guidelines and rules:
📺 TradingView House Rules: www.tradingview.com
📺 Script publication rules: www.tradingview.com
📺 Vendor requirements: www.tradingview.com
📺 Links/References rules: www.tradingview.com
3️⃣7️⃣ : 🏛️ Become a Titan Pro member 👽
🟩 Titan Pro 👽 🟩
3️⃣8️⃣ : 🏛️ Be a member Titan Aff 🛸
🟥 Titan Affiliate 🛸 🟥
Titan Investments|Quantitative THEMIS|Demo|BINANCE:BTCUSDTP:4hInvestment Strategy (Quantitative Trading)
| 🛑 | Watch "LIVE" and 'COPY' this strategy in real time:
🔗 Link: www.tradingview.com
Hello, welcome, feel free 🌹💐
Since the stone age to the most technological age, one thing has not changed, that which continues impress human beings the most, is the other human being!
Deep down, it's all very simple or very complicated, depends on how you look at it.
I believe that everyone was born to do something very well in life.
But few are those who have, let's use the word 'luck' .
Few are those who have the 'luck' to discover this thing.
That is why few are happy and successful in their jobs and professions.
Thank God I had this 'luck' , and discovered what I was born to do well.
And I was born to program. 👨💻
📋 Summary : Project Titan
0️⃣ : 🦄 Project Titan
1️⃣ : ⚖️ Quantitative THEMIS
2️⃣ : 🏛️ Titan Community
3️⃣ : 👨💻 Who am I ❔
4️⃣ : ❓ What is Statistical/Probabilistic Trading ❓
5️⃣ : ❓ How Statistical/Probabilistic Trading works ❓
6️⃣ : ❓ Why use a Statistical/Probabilistic system ❓
7️⃣ : ❓ Why the human brain is not prepared to do Trading ❓
8️⃣ : ❓ What is Backtest ❓
9️⃣ : ❓ How to build a Consistent system ❓
🔟 : ❓ What is a Quantitative Trading system ❓
1️⃣1️⃣ : ❓ How to build a Quantitative Trading system ❓
1️⃣2️⃣ : ❓ How to Exploit Market Anomalies ❓
1️⃣3️⃣ : ❓ What Defines a Robust, Profitable and Consistent System ❓
1️⃣4️⃣ : 🔧 Fixed Technical
1️⃣5️⃣ : ❌ Fixed Outputs : 🎯 TP(%) & 🛑SL(%)
1️⃣6️⃣ : ⚠️ Risk Profile
1️⃣7️⃣ : ⭕ Moving Exits : (Indicators)
1️⃣8️⃣ : 💸 Initial Capital
1️⃣9️⃣ : ⚙️ Entry Options
2️⃣0️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : 'Third-Party Services'
2️⃣1️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : 'Exchanges
2️⃣2️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : 'Messaging Services'
2️⃣3️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : '🧲🤖Copy-Trading'
2️⃣4️⃣ : ❔ Why be a Titan Pro 👽❔
2️⃣5️⃣ : ❔ Why be a Titan Aff 🛸❔
2️⃣6️⃣ : 📋 Summary : ⚖️ Strategy: Titan Investments|Quantitative THEMIS|Demo|BINANCE:BTCUSDTP:4h
2️⃣7️⃣ : 📊 PERFORMANCE : 🆑 Conservative
2️⃣8️⃣ : 📊 PERFORMANCE : Ⓜ️ Moderate
2️⃣9️⃣ : 📊 PERFORMANCE : 🅰 Aggressive
3️⃣0️⃣ : 🛠️ Roadmap
3️⃣1️⃣ : 🧻 Notes ❕
3️⃣2️⃣ : 🚨 Disclaimer ❕❗
3️⃣3️⃣ : ♻️ ® No Repaint
3️⃣4️⃣ : 🔒 Copyright ©️
3️⃣5️⃣ : 👏 Acknowledgments
3️⃣6️⃣ : 👮 House Rules : 📺 TradingView
3️⃣7️⃣ : 🏛️ Become a Titan Pro member 👽
3️⃣8️⃣ : 🏛️ Be a member Titan Aff 🛸
0️⃣ : 🦄 Project Titan
This is the first real, 100% automated Quantitative Strategy made available to the public and the pinescript community for TradingView.
You will be able to automate all signals of this strategy for your broker , centralized or decentralized and also for messaging services : Discord, Telegram or Twitter .
This is the first strategy of a larger project, in 2023, I will provide a total of 6 100% automated 'Quantitative' strategies to the pinescript community for TradingView.
The future strategies to be shared here will also be unique , never before seen, real 'Quantitative' bots with real, validated results in real operation.
Just like the 'Quantitative THEMIS' strategy, it will be something out of the loop throughout the pinescript/tradingview community, truly unique tools for building mutual wealth consistently and continuously for our community.
1️⃣ : ⚖️ Quantitative THEMIS : Titan Investments|Quantitative THEMIS|Demo|BINANCE:BTCUSDTP:4h
This is a truly unique and out of the curve strategy for BTC /USD .
A truly real strategy, with real, validated results and in real operation.
A unique tool for building mutual wealth, consistently and continuously for the members of the Titan community.
Initially we will operate on a monthly, quarterly, annual or biennial subscription service.
Our goal here is to build a great community, in exchange for an extremely fair value for the use of our truly unique tools, which bring and will bring real results to our community members.
With this business model it will be possible to provide all Titan users and community members with the purest and highest degree of sophistication in the market with pinescript for tradingview, providing unique and truly profitable strategies.
My goal here is to offer the best to our members!
The best 'pinescript' tradingview service in the world!
We are the only Start-Up in the world that will decentralize real and full access to truly real 'quantitative' tools that bring and will bring real results for mutual and ongoing wealth building for our community.
2️⃣ : 🏛️ Titan Community : 👽 Pro 🔁 Aff 🛸
Become a Titan Pro 👽
To get access to the strategy: "Quantitative THEMIS" , and future Titan strategies in a 100% automated way, along with all tutorials for automation.
Pro Plans: 30 Days, 90 Days, 12 Months, 24 Months.
👽 Pro 🅼 Monthly
👽 Pro 🆀 Quarterly
👽 Pro🅰 Annual
👽 Pro👾Two Years
You will have access to a truly unique system that is out of the curve .
A 100% real, 100% automated, tested, validated, profitable, and in real operation strategy.
Become a Titan Affiliate 🛸
By becoming a Titan Affiliate 🛸, you will automatically receive 50% of the value of each new subscription you refer .
You will receive 50% for any of the above plans that you refer .
This way we will encourage our community to grow in a fair and healthy way, because we know what we have in our hands and what we deliver real value to our users.
We are at the highest level of sophistication in the market, the consistency here and the results here speak for themselves.
So growing our community means growing mutual wealth and raising collective conscience.
Wealth must be created not divided.
And here we are creating mutual wealth on all ends and in all ways.
A non-zero sum system, where everybody wins.
3️⃣ : 👨💻 Who am I ❔
My name is FilipeSoh I am 26 years old, Technical Analyst, Trader, Computer Engineer, pinescript Specialist, with extensive experience in several languages and technologies.
For the last 4 years I have been focusing on developing, editing and creating pinescript indicators and strategies for Tradingview for people and myself.
Full-time passionate workaholic pinescript developer with over 10,000 hours of pinescript development.
• Pinescript expert ▬Tradingview.
• Specialist in Automated Trading
• Specialist in Quantitative Trading.
• Statistical/Probabilistic Trading Specialist - Mark Douglas Scholl.
• Inventor of the 'Classic Forecast' Indicators.
• Inventor of the 'Backtest Table'.
4️⃣ : ❓ What is Statistical/Probabilistic Trading ❓
Statistical/probabilistic trading is the only way to get a positive mathematical expectation regarding the market and consequently that is the only way to make money consistently from it.
I will present below some more details about the Quantitative THEMIS strategy, it is a real strategy, tested, validated and in real operation, 'Skin in the Game' , a consistent way to make money with statistical/probabilistic trading in a 100% automated.
I am a Technical Analyst , I used to be a Discretionary Trader , today I am 100% a Statistical Trader .
I've gotten rich and made a lot of money, and I've also lost a lot with 'leverage'.
That was a few years ago.
The book that changed everything for me was "Trading in The Zone" by Mark Douglas.
That's when I understood that the market is just a game of statistics and probability, like a casino!
It was then that I understood that the human brain is not prepared for trading, because it involves triggers and mental emotions.
And emotions in trading and in making trading decisions do not go well together, not in the long run, because you always have the burden of being wrong with the outcome of that particular position.
But remembering that the market is just a statistical game!
5️⃣ : ❓ How Statistical/Probabilistic Trading works ❓
Let's use a 'coin' as an example:
If we toss a 'coin' up 10 times.
Do you agree that it is impossible for us to know exactly the result of the 'plays' before they actually happen?
As in the example above, would you agree, that we cannot "guess" the outcome of a position before it actually happens?
As much as we cannot "guess" whether the coin will drop heads or tails on each flip.
We can analyze the "backtest" of the 10 moves made with that coin:
If we analyze the 10 moves and count the number of times the coin fell heads or tails in a specific sequence, we then have a percentage of times the coin fell heads or tails, so we have a 'backtest' of those moves.
Then on the next flip we can now assume a point or a favorable position for one side, the side with the highest probability .
In a nutshell, this is more or less how probabilistic statistical trading works.
As Statistical Traders we can never say whether such a Trader/Position we take will be a winner or a loser.
But still we can have a positive and consistent result in a "sequence" of trades, because before we even open a position, backtests have already been performed so we identify an anomaly and build a system that will have a positive statistical advantage in our favor over the market.
The advantage will not be in one trade itself, but in the "sequence" of trades as a whole!
Because our system will work like a casino, having a positive mathematical expectation relative to the players/market.
Design, develop, test models and systems that can take advantage of market anomalies, until they change.
Be the casino! - Mark Douglas
6️⃣ : ❓ Why use a Statistical/Probabilistic system ❓
In recent years I have focused and specialized in developing 100% automated trading systems, essentially for the cryptocurrency market.
I have developed many extremely robust and efficient systems, with positive mathematical expectation towards the market.
These are not complex systems per se , because here we want to avoid 'over-optimization' as much as possible.
As Da Vinci said: "Simplicity is the highest degree of sophistication".
I say this because I have tested, tried and developed hundreds of systems/strategies.
I believe I have programmed more than 10,000 unique indicators/strategies, because this is my passion and purpose in life.
I am passionate about what I do, completely!
I love statistical trading because it is the only way to get consistency in the long run!
This is why I have studied, applied, developed, and specialized in 100% automated cryptocurrency trading systems.
The reason why our systems are extremely "simple" is because, as I mentioned before, in statistical trading we want to exploit the market anomaly to the maximum, that is, this anomaly will change from time to time, usually we can exploit a trading system efficiently for about 6 to 12 months, or for a few years, that is; for fixed 'scalpers' systems.
Because at some point these anomalies will be identified , and from the moment they are identified they will be exploited and will stop being anomalies .
With the system presented here; you can even copy the indicators and input values shared here;
However; what I have to offer you is: it is me , our team , and our community !
That is, we will constantly monitor this system, for life , because our goal here is to create a unique , perpetual , profitable , and consistent system for our community.
Myself , our team and our community will keep this script periodically updated , to ensure the positive mathematical expectation of it.
So we don't mind sharing the current parameters and values , because the real value is also in the future updates that this system will receive from me and our team , guided by our culture and our community of real users !
As we are hosted on 'tradingview', all future updates for this strategy, will be implemented and updated automatically on your tradingview account.
What we want here is: to make sure you get gains from our system, because if you get gains , our ecosystem will grow as a whole in a healthy and scalable way, so we will be generating continuous mutual wealth and raising the collective consciousness .
People Need People: 3️⃣🅿
7️⃣ : ❓ Why the human brain is not prepared to do Trading ❓
Today my greatest skill is to develop statistically profitable and 100% automated strategies for 'pinescript' tradingview.
Note that I said: 'profitable' because in fact statistical trading is the only way to make money in a 'consistent' way from the market.
And consequently have a positive wealth curve every cycle, because we will be based on mathematics, not on feelings and news.
Because the human brain is not prepared to do trading.
Because trading is connected to the decision making of the cerebral cortex.
And the decision making is automatically linked to emotions, and emotions don't match with trading decision making, because in those moments, we can feel the best and also the worst sensations and emotions, and this certainly affects us and makes us commit grotesque mistakes!
That's why the human brain is not prepared to do trading.
If you want to participate in a fully automated, profitable and consistent trading system; be a Titan Pro 👽
I believe we are walking an extremely enriching path here, not only in terms of financial returns for our community, but also in terms of knowledge about probabilistic and automated statistical trading.
You will have access to an extremely robust system, which was built upon very strong concepts and foundations, and upon the world's main asset in a few years: Bitcoin .
We are the tip of the best that exists in the cryptocurrency market when it comes to probabilistic and automated statistical trading.
Result is result! Me being dressed or naked.
This is just the beginning!
But there is a way to consistently make money from the market.
Being the Casino! - Mark Douglas
8️⃣ : ❓ What is Backtest ❓
Imagine the market as a purely random system, but even in 'randomness' there are patterns.
So now imagine the market and statistical trading as follows:
Repeating the above 'coin' example, let's think of it as follows:
If we toss a coin up 10 times again.
It is impossible to know which flips will have heads or tails, correct?
But if we analyze these 10 tosses, then we will have a mathematical statistic of the past result, for example, 70 % of the tosses fell 'heads'.
That is:
7 moves fell on "heads" .
3 moves fell on "tails" .
So based on these conditions and on the generic backtest presented here, we could adopt " heads " as our system of moves, to have a statistical and probabilistic advantage in relation to the next move to be performed.
That is, if you define a system, based on backtests , that has a robust positive mathematical expectation in relation to the market you will have a profitable system.
For every move you make you will have a positive statistical advantage in your favor over the market before you even make the move.
Like a casino in relation to all its players!
The casino does not have an advantage over one specific player, but over all players, because it has a positive mathematical expectation about all the moves that night.
The casino will always have a positive statistical advantage over its players.
Note that there will always be real players who will make real, million-dollar bankrolls that night, but this condition is already built into the casino's 'strategy', which has a pre-determined positive statistical advantage of that night as a whole.
Statistical trading is the same thing, as long as you don't understand this you will keep losing money and consistently.
9️⃣ : ❓ How to build a Consistent system ❓
See most traders around the world perform trades believing that that specific position taken will make them filthy rich, because they simply believe faithfully that the position taken will be an undoubted winner, based on a trader's methodology: 'trading a trade' without analyzing the whole context, just using 'empirical' aspects in their system.
But if you think of trading, as a sequence of moves.
You see, 'a sequence' !
When we think statistically, it doesn't matter your result for this , or for the next specific trade , but the final sequence of trades as a whole.
As the market has a random system of results distribution , if your system has a positive statistical advantage in relation to the market, at the end of that sequence you'll have the biggest probability of having a winning bank.
That's how you do real trading!
And with consistency!
Trading is a long term game, but when you change the key you realize that it is a simple game to make money in a consistent way from the market, all you need is patience.
Even more when we are based on Bitcoin, which has its 'Halving' effect where, in theory, we will never lose money in 3 to 4 years intervals, due to its scarcity and the fact that Bitcoin is the 'discovery of digital scarcity' which makes it the digital gold, we believe in this thesis and we follow Satoshi's legacy.
So align Bitcoin with a probabilistic statistical trading system with a positive mathematical expectation of the market and 100% automated with the long term, and all you need is patience, and you will become rich.
In fact Bitcoin by itself is already a path, buy, wait for each halving and your wealth will be maintained.
No inflation, unlike fiat currencies.
This is a complete and extremely robust strategy, with the most current possible and 'not possible' techniques involved and applied here.
Today I am at another level in developing 100% automated 'quantitative' strategies.
I was born for this!
🔟 : ❓ What is a Quantitative Trading system ❓
In addition to having access to a revolutionary strategy you will have access to disruptive 100% multifunctional tables with the ability to perform 'backtests' for better tracking and monitoring of your system on a customized basis.
I would like to emphasize one thing, and that is that you keep this in mind.
Today my greatest skill in 'pinescript' is to build indicators, but mainly strategies, based on statistical and probabilistic trading, with a postive mathematical expectation in relation to the market, in a 100% automated way.
This with the goal of building a consistent and continuous positive equity curve through mathematics using data, converting it into statistical / probabilistic parameters and applying them to a Quantitative model.
Before becoming a Quantitative Trader , I was a Technical Analyst and a Discretionary Trader .
First as a position trader and then as a day trader.
Before becoming a Trader, I trained myself as a Technical Analyst , to masterly understand the shape and workings of the market in theory.
But everything changed when I met 'Mark Douglas' , when I got to know his works, that's when my head exploded 🤯, and I started to understand the market for good!
The market is nothing more than a 'random' system of distributing results.
See that I said: 'random' .
Do yourself a mental exercise.
Is there really such a thing as random ?
I believe not, as far as we know maybe the 'singularity'.
So thinking this way, to translate, the market is nothing more than a game of probability, statistics and pure mathematics.
Like a casino!
What happens is that most traders, whenever they take a position, take it with all the empirical certainty that such position will win or lose, and do not take into consideration the total sequence of results to understand their place in the market.
Understanding your place in the market gives you the ability to create and design systems that can exploit the present market anomaly, and thus make money statistically, consistently, and 100% automated.
Thinking of it this way, it is easy to make money from the market.
There are many ways to make money from the market, but the only consistent way I know of is through 'probabilistic and automated statistical trading'.
1️⃣1️⃣ : ❓ How to build a Quantitative Trading system ❓
There are some fundamental points that must be addressed here in order to understand what makes up a system based on statistics and probability applied to a quantitative model.
When we talk about 'discretionary' trading, it is a trading system based on human decisions after the defined 'empirical' conditions are met.
It is quite another thing to build a fully automated system without any human interference/interaction .
That said:
Building a statistically profitable system is perfectly possible, but this is a high level task , but with possible high rewards and consistent gains.
Here you will find a real "Skin In The Game" strategy.
With all due respect, but the vast majority of traders who post strategies on TradingView do not understand what they are doing.
Most of them do not understand the minimum complexity involved in the main variable for the construction of a real strategy, the mother variable: "strategy".
I say this by my own experience, because I have analyzed practically all the existing publications of TradingView + 200,000 indicators and strategies.
I breathe pinescript, I eat pinescript, I sleep pinescript, I bathe pinescript, I live TradingView.
But the main advantage for the TradingView users, is that all entry and exit orders made by this strategy can be checked and analyzed thoroughly, to validate and prove the veracity of this strategy, because this is a 100% real strategy.
Here there is a huge world of possibilities, but only one way to build a 'pinescript strategy' that will work correctly aligned to the real world with real results .
There are some fundamental points to take into consideration when building a profitable trading system:
The most important of these for me is: 'DrawDown' .
Followed by: 'Hit Rate' .
And only after that we use the parameter: 'Profit'.
See, this is because here, we are dealing with the 'imponderable' , and anything can happen in this scenario.
But there is one thing that makes us sleep peacefully at night, and that is: controlling losses .
That is, in other words: controlling the DrawDown .
The amateur is concerned with 'winning', the professional is concerned with conserving capital.
If we have the losses under control, then we can move on to the other two parameters: hit rate and profit.
See, the second most important factor in building a system is the hit rate.
I say this from my own experience.
I have worked with many systems with a 'low hit rate', but extremely profitable.
For example: systems with hit rates of 40 to 50%.
But as much as statistically and mathematically the profit is rewarding, operating systems with a low hit rate is always very stressful psychologically.
That's why there are two big reasons why when I build an automated trading system, I focus on the high hit rate of the system, they are
1 - To reduce psychological damage as much as possible .
2 - And more important , when we create a system with a 'high hit rate' , there is a huge intrinsic advantage here, that most statistic traders don't take in consideration.
That is: knowing more quickly when the system stops being functional.
The main advantage of a system with a high hit rate is: to identify when the system stops being functional and stop exploiting the market's anomaly.
Look: When we are talking about trading and random distribution of results on the market, do you agree that when we create a trading system, we are focused on exploring some anomaly of that market?
When that anomaly is verified by the market, it will stop being functional with time.
That's why trading systems, 'scalpers', especially for cryptocurrencies, need constant monitoring, quarterly, semi-annually or annually.
Because market movements change from time to time.
Because we go through different cycles from time to time, such as congestion cycles, accumulation , distribution , volatility , uptrends and downtrends .
1️⃣2️⃣ : ❓ How to Exploit Market Anomalies ❓
You see there is a very important point that must be stressed here.
As we are always trying to exploit an 'anomaly' in the market.
So the 'number' of indicators/tools that will integrate the system is of paramount importance.
But most traders do not take this into consideration.
To build a professional, robust, consistent, and profitable system, you don't need to use hundreds of indicators to build your setup.
This will actually make it harder to read when the setup stops working and needs some adjustment.
So focusing on a high hit rate is very important here, this is a fundamental principle that is widely ignored , and with a high hit rate, we can know much more accurately when the system is no longer functional much faster.
As Darwin said: "It is not the strongest or the most intelligent that wins the game of life, it is the most adapted.
So simple systems, as contradictory as it may seem, are more efficient, because they help to identify inflection points in the market much more quickly.
1️⃣3️⃣ : ❓ What Defines a Robust, Profitable and Consistent System ❓
See I have built, hundreds of thousands of indicators and 'pinescript' strategies, hundreds of thousands.
This is an extremely professional, robust and profitable system.
Based on the currency pairs: BTC /USDT
There are many ways and avenues to build a profitable trading setup/system.
And actually this is not a difficult task, taking in consideration, as the main factor here, that our trading and investment plan is for the long term, so consequently we will face scenarios with less noise.
He who is in a hurry eats raw.
As mentioned before.
Defining trends in pinescript is technically a simple task, the hardest task is to determine congestion zones with low volume and volatility, it's in these moments that many false signals are generated, and consequently is where most setups face their maximum DrawDown.
That's why this strategy was strictly and thoroughly planned, built on a very solid foundation, to avoid as much noise as possible, for a positive and consistent equity curve in each market cycle, 'Consistency' is our 'Mantra' around here.
1️⃣4️⃣ : 🔧 Fixed Technical
• Strategy: Titan Investments|Quantitative THEMIS|Demo|BINANCE:BTCUSDTP:4h
• Pair: BTC/USDTP
• Time Frame: 4 hours
• Broker: Binance (Recommended)
For a more conservative scenario, we have built the Quantitative THEMIS for the 4h time frame, with the main focus on consistency.
So we can avoid noise as much as possible!
1️⃣5️⃣ : ❌ Fixed Outputs : 🎯 TP(%) & 🛑SL(%)
In order to build a 'perpetual' system specific to BTC/USDT, it took a lot of testing, and more testing, and a lot of investment and research.
There is one initial and fundamental point that we can address to justify the incredible consistency presented here.
That fundamental point is our exit via Take Profit or Stop Loss percentage (%).
🎯 Take Profit (%)
🛑 Stop Loss (%)
See, today I have been testing some more advanced backtesting models for some cryptocurrency systems.
In which I perform 'backtest of backtest', i.e. we use a set of strategies each focused on a principle, operating individually, but they are part of something unique, i.e. we do 'backtests' of 'backtests' together.
What I mean is that we do a lot of backtesting around here.
I can assure you, that always the best output for a trading system is to set fixed output values!
In other words:
🎯 Take Profit (%)
🛑 Stop Loss (%)
This happens because statistically setting fixed exit structures in the vast majority of times, presents a superior result on the capital/equity curve, throughout history and for the vast majority of setups compared to other exit methods.
This is due to a mathematical principle of simplicity, 'avoiding more noise'.
Thus whenever the Quantitative THEMIS strategy takes a position it has a target and a defined maximum stop percentage.
1️⃣6️⃣ : ⚠️ Risk Profile
The strategy, currently has 3 risk profiles ⚠️ patterns for 'fixed percentage exits': Take Profit (%) and Stop Loss (%) .
They are: ⚠️ Rich's Profiles
✔️🆑 Conservative: 🎯 TP=2.7 % 🛑 SL=2.7 %
❌Ⓜ️ Moderate: 🎯 TP=2.8 % 🛑 SL=2.7 %
❌🅰 Aggressive: 🎯 TP=1.6 % 🛑 SL=6.9 %
You will be able to select and switch between the above options and profiles through the 'input' menu of the strategy by navigating to the "⚠️ Risk Profile" menu.
You can then select, test and apply the Risk Profile above that best suits your risk management, expectations and reality , as well as customize all the 'fixed exit' values through the TP and SL menus below.
1️⃣7️⃣ : ⭕ Moving Exits : (Indicators)
The strategy currently also has 'Moving Exits' based on indicator signals.
These are Moving Exits (Indicators)
📈 LONG : (EXIT)
🧃 (MAO) Short : true
📉 SHORT : (EXIT)
🧃 (MAO) Long: false
You can select and toggle between the above options through the 'input' menu of the strategy by navigating to the "LONG : Exit" and "SHORT : Exit" menu.
1️⃣8️⃣ : 💸 Initial Capital
By default the "Initial Capital" set for entries and backtests of this strategy is: 10000 $
You can set another value for the 'Starting Capital' through the tradingview menu under "properties" , and edit the value of the "Initial Capital" field.
This way you can set and test other 'Entry Values' for your trades, tests and backtests.
1️⃣9️⃣ : ⚙️ Entry Options
By default the 'order size' set for this strategy is 100 % of the 'initial capital' on each new trade.
You can set and test other entry options like : contracts , cash , % of equity
You should make these changes directly in the input menu of the strategy by navigating to the menu "⚙️ Properties : TradingView" below.
⚙️ Properties : (TradingView)
📊 Strategy Type: strategy.position_size != 1
📝💲 % Order Type: % of equity
📝💲 % Order Size: 100
Leverage: 1
So you can define and test other 'Entry Options' for your trades, tests and backtests.
2️⃣0️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : 'Third-Party Services'
It is possible to automate the signals of this strategy for any centralized or decentralized broker, as well as for messaging services: Discord, Telegram and Twitter.
All in an extremely simple and uncomplicated way through the tutorials available in PDF /VIDEO for our Titan Pro 👽 subscriber community.
With our tutorials in PDF and Video it will be possible to automate the signals of this strategy for the chosen service in an extremely simple way with less than 10 steps only.
Tradingview naturally doesn't count with native integration between brokers and tradingview.
But it is possible to use 'third party services' to do the integration and automation between Tradingview and your centralized or decentralized broker.
Here are the standard, available and recommended 'third party services' to automate the signals from the 'Quantitative THEMIS' strategy on the tradingview for your broker:
1) Wundertrading (Recommended):
2) 3commas:
3) Zignaly:
4) Aleeert.com (Recommended):
5) Alertatron:
Note! 'Third party services' cannot perform 'withdrawals' via their key 'API', they can only open positions, so your funds will always be 'safe' in your brokerage firm, being traded via the 'API', when they receive an entry and exit signal from this strategy.
2️⃣1️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : 'Exchanges
You can automate this strategy for any of the brokers below, through your broker's 'API' by connecting it to the 'third party automation services' for tradingview available and mentioned in the menu above:
1) Binance (Recommended)
2) Bitmex
3) Bybit
4) KuCoin
5) Deribit
6) OKX
7) Coinbase
8) Huobi
9) Bitfinex
10) Bitget
11) Bittrex
12) Bitstamp
13) Gate. io
14) Kraken
15) Gemini
16) Ascendex
17) VCCE
2️⃣2️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : 'Messaging Services'
You can also automate and monitor the signals of this strategy much more efficiently by sending them to the following popular messaging services:
1) Discord
2) Telegram
3) Twitter
2️⃣3️⃣ : ❓ How to Automate this Strategy ❓ : 🤖 Automation : '🧲🤖Copy-Trading'
It will also be possible to copy/replicate the entries and exits of this strategy to your broker in an extremely simple and agile way, through the available copy-trader services.
This way it will be possible to replicate the signals of this strategy at each entry and exit to your broker through the API connecting it to the integrated copy-trader services available through the tradingview automation services below:
1) Wundetrading:
2) Zignaly:
2️⃣4️⃣ : ❔ Why be a Titan Pro 👽❔
I believe that today I am at another level in 'pinescript' development.
I consider myself today a true unicorn as a pinescript developer, someone unique and very rare.
If you choose another tool or another pinescript service, this tool will be just another one, with no real results.
But if you join our Titan community, you will have access to a unique tool! And you will get real results!
I already earn money consistently with statistical and automated trading and as an expert pinescript developer.
I am here to evolve my skills as much as possible, and one day become a pinescript 'Wizard'.
So excellence, quality and professionalism will always be my north here.
You will never find a developer like me, and who will take so seriously such a revolutionary project as this one. A Maverick! ▬ The man never stops!
Here you will find the highest degree of sophistication and development in the market for 'pinescript'.
You will get the best of me and the best of pinescript possible.
Let me show you how a professional in my field does it.
Become a Titan Pro Member 👽 and get Full Access to this strategy and all the Automation Tutorials.
Be the Titan in your life!
2️⃣5️⃣ : ❔ Why be a Titan Aff 🛸❔
Get financial return for your referrals, Decentralize the World, and raise the collective consciousness.
2️⃣6️⃣ : 📋 Summary : ⚖️ Strategy: Titan Investments|Quantitative THEMIS|Demo|BINANCE:BTCUSDTP:4h
® Titan Investimentos | Quantitative THEMIS ⚖️ | Demo 🐄 2.6 | Dev: © FilipeSoh 🧙 | 🤖 100% Automated : Discord, Telegram, Twitter, Wundertrading, 3commas, Zignaly, Aleeert, Alertatron, Uniswap-v3 | BINANCE:BTCUSDTPERP 4h
🛒 Subscribe this strategy ❗️ Be a Titan Member 🏛️
🛒 Titan Pro 👽 🔗 🏛️ Titan Pro 👽 Version with ✔️100% Integrated Automation 🤖 and 📚 Automation Tutorials ✔️100% available at: (PDF/VIDEO)
🛒 Titan Affiliate 🛸 🔗 🏛️ Titan Affiliate 🛸 (Subscription Sale) 🔥 Receive 50% commission
📋 Summary : QT THEMIS ⚖️
🕵️♂️ Check This Strategy..................................................................0
🦄 ® Titan Investimentos...............................................................1
👨💻 © Developer..........................................................................2
📚 Signal Automation Tutorials : (PDF/VIDEO).......................................3
👨🔧 Revision...............................................................................4
📊 Table : (BACKTEST)..................................................................5
📊 Table : (INFORMATIONS).............................................................6
⚙️ Properties : (TRADINGVIEW)........................................................7
📆 Backtest : (TRADINGVIEW)..........................................................8
⚠️ Risk Profile...........................................................................9
🟢 On 🔴 Off : (LONG/SHORT).......................................................10
📈 LONG : (ENTRY)....................................................................11
📉 SHORT : (ENTRY)...................................................................12
📈 LONG : (EXIT).......................................................................13
📉 SHORT : (EXIT)......................................................................14
🧩 (EI) External Indicator.............................................................15
📡 (QT) Quantitative...................................................................16
🎠 (FF) Forecast......................................................................17
🅱 (BB) Bollinger Bands................................................................18
🧃 (MAP) Moving Average Primary......................................................19
🧃 (MAP) Labels.........................................................................20
🍔 (MAQ) Moving Average Quaternary.................................................21
🍟 (MACD) Moving Average Convergence Divergence...............................22
📣 (VWAP) Volume Weighted Average Price........................................23
🪀 (HL) HILO..........................................................................24
🅾 (OBV) On Balance Volume.........................................................25
🥊 (SAR) Stop and Reverse...........................................................26
🛡️ (DSR) Dynamic Support and Resistance..........................................27
🔊 (VD) Volume Directional..........................................................28
🧰 (RSI) Relative Momentum Index.................................................29
🎯 (TP) Take Profit %..................................................................30
🛑 (SL) Stop Loss %....................................................................31
🤖 Automation Selected...............................................................32
📱💻 Discord............................................................................33
📱💻 Telegram..........................................................................34
📱💻 Twitter...........................................................................35
🤖 Wundertrading......................................................................36
🤖 3commas............................................................................37
🤖 Zignaly...............................................................................38
🤖 Aleeert...............................................................................39
🤖 Alertatron...........................................................................40
🤖 Uniswap-v3..........................................................................41
🧲🤖 Copy-Trading....................................................................42
♻️ ® No Repaint........................................................................43
🔒 Copyright ©️..........................................................................44
🏛️ Be a Titan Member..................................................................45
Nº Active Users..........................................................................46
⏱ Time Left............................................................................47
| 0 | 🕵️♂️ Check This Strategy
🕵️♂️ Version Demo: 🐄 Version with ❌non-integrated automation 🤖 and 📚 Tutorials for automation ❌not available
🕵️♂️ Version Pro: 👽 Version with ✔️100% Integrated Automation 🤖 and 📚 Automation Tutorials ✔️100% available at: (PDF/VIDEO)
| 1 | 🦄 ® Titan Investimentos
Decentralizing the World 🗺
Raising the Collective Conscience 🗺
🦄Site:
🦄TradingView: www.tradingview.com
🦄Discord:
🦄Telegram:
🦄Youtube:
🦄Twitter:
🦄Instagram:
🦄TikTok:
🦄Linkedin:
🦄E-mail:
| 2 | 👨💻 © Developer
🧠 Developer: @FilipeSoh🧙
📺 TradingView: www.tradingview.com
☑️ Linkedin:
✅ Fiverr:
✅ Upwork:
🎥 YouTube:
🐤 Twitter:
🤳 Instagram:
| 3 | 📚 Signal Automation Tutorials : (PDF/VIDEO)
📚 Discord: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Telegram: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Twitter: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Wundertrading: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 3comnas: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Zignaly: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Aleeert: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Alertatron: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Uniswap-v3: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📚 Copy-Trading: 🔗 Link: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 4 | 👨🔧 Revision
👨🔧 Start Of Operations: 01 Jan 2019 21:00 -0300 💡 Start Of Operations (Skin in the game) : Revision 1.0
👨🔧 Previous Review: 01 Jan 2022 21:00 -0300 💡 Previous Review : Revision 2.0
👨🔧 Current Revision: 01 Jan 2023 21:00 -0300 💡 Current Revision : Revision 2.6
👨🔧 Next Revision: 28 May 2023 21:00 -0300 💡 Next Revision : Revision 2.7
| 5 | 📊 Table : (BACKTEST)
📊 Table: true
🖌️ Style: label.style_label_left
📐 Size: size_small
📏 Line: defval
🎨 Color: #131722
| 6 | 📊 Table : (INFORMATIONS)
📊 Table: false
🖌️ Style: label.style_label_right
📐 Size: size_small
📏 Line: defval
🎨 Color: #131722
| 7 | ⚙️ Properties : (TradingView)
📊 Strategy Type: strategy.position_size != 1
📝💲 % Order Type: % of equity
📝💲 % Order Size: 100 %
🚀 Leverage: 1
| 8 | 📆 Backtest : (TradingView)
🗓️ Mon: true
🗓️ Tue: true
🗓️ Wed: true
🗓️ Thu: true
🗓️ Fri: true
🗓️ Sat: true
🗓️ Sun: true
📆 Range: custom
📆 Start: UTC 31 Oct 2008 00:00
📆 End: UTC 31 Oct 2030 23:45
📆 Session: 0000-0000
📆 UTC: UTC
| 9 | ⚠️ Risk Profile
✔️🆑 Conservative: 🎯 TP=2.7 % 🛑 SL=2.7 %
❌Ⓜ️ Moderate: 🎯 TP=2.8 % 🛑 SL=2.7 %
❌🅰 Aggressive: 🎯 TP=1.6 % 🛑 SL=6.9 %
| 10 | 🟢 On 🔴 Off : (LONG/SHORT)
🟢📈 LONG: true
🟢📉 SHORT: true
| 11 | 📈 LONG : (ENTRY)
📡 (QT) Long: true
🧃 (MAP) Long: false
🅱 (BB) Long: false
🍟 (MACD) Long: false
🅾 (OBV) Long: false
| 12 | 📉 SHORT : (ENTRY)
📡 (QT) Short: true
🧃 (MAP) Short: false
🅱 (BB) Short: false
🍟 (MACD) Short: false
🅾 (OBV) Short: false
| 13 | 📈 LONG : (EXIT)
🧃 (MAP) Short: true
| 14 | 📉 SHORT : (EXIT)
🧃 (MAP) Long: false
| 15 | 🧩 (EI) External Indicator
🧩 (EI) Connect your external indicator/filter: false
🧩 (EI) Connect your indicator here (Study mode only): close
🧩 (EI) Connect your indicator here (Study mode only): close
| 16 | 📡 (QT) Quantitative
📡 (QT) Quantitative: true
📡 (QT) Market: BINANCE:BTCUSDTPERP
📡 (QT) Dice: openai
| 17 | 🎠 (FF) Forecast
🎠 (FF) Include current unclosed current candle: true
🎠 (FF) Forecast Type: flat
🎠 (FF) Nº of candles to use in linear regression: 3
| 18 | 🅱 (BB) Bollinger Bands
🅱 (BB) Bollinger Bands: true
🅱 (BB) Type: EMA
🅱 (BB) Period: 20
🅱 (BB) Source: close
🅱 (BB) Multiplier: 2
🅱 (BB) Linewidth: 0
🅱 (BB) Color: #131722
| 19 | 🧃 (MAP) Moving Average Primary
🧃 (MAP) Moving Average Primary: true
🧃 (MAP) BarColor: false
🧃 (MAP) Background: false
🧃 (MAP) Type: SMA
🧃 (MAP) Source: open
🧃 (MAP) Period: 100
🧃 (MAP) Multiplier: 2.0
🧃 (MAP) Linewidth: 2
🧃 (MAP) Color P: #42bda8
🧃 (MAP) Color N: #801922
| 20 | 🧃 (MAP) Labels
🧃 (MAP) Labels: true
🧃 (MAP) Style BUY ZONE: shape.labelup
🧃 (MAP) Color BUY ZONE: #42bda8
🧃 (MAP) Style SELL ZONE: shape.labeldown
🧃 (MAP) Color SELL ZONE: #801922
| 21 | 🍔 (MAQ) Moving Average Quaternary
🍔 (MAQ) Moving Average Quaternary: true
🍔 (MAQ) BarColor: false
🍔 (MAQ) Background: false
🍔 (MAQ) Type: SMA
🍔 (MAQ) Source: close
🍔 (MAQ) Primary: 14
🍔 (MAQ) Secondary: 22
🍔 (MAQ) Tertiary: 44
🍔 (MAQ) Quaternary: 16
🍔 (MAQ) Linewidth: 0
🍔 (MAQ) Color P: #42bda8
🍔 (MAQ) Color N: #801922
| 22 | 🍟 (MACD) Moving Average Convergence Divergence
🍟 (MACD) Macd Type: EMA
🍟 (MACD) Signal Type: EMA
🍟 (MACD) Source: close
🍟 (MACD) Fast: 12
🍟 (MACD) Slow: 26
🍟 (MACD) Smoothing: 9
| 23 | 📣 (VWAP) Volume Weighted Average Price
📣 (VWAP) Source: close
📣 (VWAP) Period: 340
📣 (VWAP) Momentum A: 84
📣 (VWAP) Momentum B: 150
📣 (VWAP) Average Volume: 1
📣 (VWAP) Multiplier: 1
📣 (VWAP) Diviser: 2
| 24 | 🪀 (HL) HILO
🪀 (HL) Type: SMA
🪀 (HL) Function: Maverick🧙
🪀 (HL) Source H: high
🪀 (HL) Source L: low
🪀 (HL) Period: 20
🪀 (HL) Momentum: 26
🪀 (HL) Diviser: 2
🪀 (HL) Multiplier: 1
| 25 | 🅾 (OBV) On Balance Volume
🅾 (OBV) Type: EMA
🅾 (OBV) Source: close
🅾 (OBV) Period: 16
🅾 (OBV) Diviser: 2
🅾 (OBV) Multiplier: 1
| 26 | 🥊 (SAR) Stop and Reverse
🥊 (SAR) Source: close
🥊 (SAR) High: 1.8
🥊 (SAR) Mid: 1.6
🥊 (SAR) Low: 1.6
🥊 (SAR) Diviser: 2
🥊 (SAR) Multiplier: 1
| 27 | 🛡️ (DSR) Dynamic Support and Resistance
🛡️ (DSR) Source D: close
🛡️ (DSR) Source R: high
🛡️ (DSR) Source S: low
🛡️ (DSR) Momentum R: 0
🛡️ (DSR) Momentum S: 2
🛡️ (DSR) Diviser: 2
🛡️ (DSR) Multiplier: 1
| 28 | 🔊 (VD) Volume Directional
🔊 (VD) Type: SMA
🔊 (VD) Period: 68
🔊 (VD) Momentum: 3.8
🔊 (VD) Diviser: 2
🔊 (VD) Multiplier: 1
| 29 | 🧰 (RSI) Relative Momentum Index
🧰 (RSI) Type UP: EMA
🧰 (RSI) Type DOWN: EMA
🧰 (RSI) Source: close
🧰 (RSI) Period: 29
🧰 (RSI) Smoothing: 22
🧰 (RSI) Momentum R: 64
🧰 (RSI) Momentum S: 142
🧰 (RSI) Diviser: 2
🧰 (RSI) Multiplier: 1
| 30 | 🎯 (TP) Take Profit %
🎯 (TP) Take Profit: false
🎯 (TP) %: 2.2
🎯 (TP) Color: #42bda8
🎯 (TP) Linewidth: 1
| 31 | 🛑 (SL) Stop Loss %
🛑 (SL) Stop Loss: false
🛑 (SL) %: 2.7
🛑 (SL) Color: #801922
🛑 (SL) Linewidth: 1
| 32 | 🤖 Automation : Discord | Telegram | Twitter | Wundertrading | 3commas | Zignaly | Aleeert | Alertatron | Uniswap-v3
🤖 Automation Selected : Discord
| 33 | 🤖 Discord
🔗 Link Discord:
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Discord ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Discord ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Discord ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Discord ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 34 | 🤖 Telegram
🔗 Link Telegram:
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Telegram ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Telegram ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Telegram ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Telegram ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 35 | 🤖 Twitter
🔗 Link Twitter:
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Twitter ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Twitter ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Twitter ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Twitter ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 36 | 🤖 Wundertrading : Binance | Bitmex | Bybit | KuCoin | Deribit | OKX | Coinbase | Huobi | Bitfinex | Bitget
🔗 Link Wundertrading:
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Wundertrading ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Wundertrading ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Wundertrading ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Wundertrading ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 37 | 🤖 3commas : Binance | Bybit | OKX | Bitfinex | Coinbase | Deribit | Bitmex | Bittrex | Bitstamp | Gate.io | Kraken | Gemini | Huobi | KuCoin
🔗 Link 3commas:
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 3commas ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 3commas ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 3commas ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 3commas ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 38 | 🤖 Zignaly : Binance | Ascendex | Bitmex | Kucoin | VCCE
🔗 Link Zignaly:
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
🤖 Type Automation: Profit Sharing
🤖 Type Provider: Webook
🔑 Key: 🔒Titan Pro👽
🤖 pair: BTCUSDTP
🤖 exchange: binance
🤖 exchangeAccountType: futures
🤖 orderType: market
🚀 leverage: 1x
% positionSizePercentage: 100 %
💸 positionSizeQuote: 10000 $
🆔 signalId: @Signal1234
| 39 | 🤖 Aleeert : Binance
🔗 Link Aleeert:
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Aleeert ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Aleeert ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Aleeert ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Aleeert ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 40 | 🤖 Alertatron : Binance | Bybit | Deribit | Bitmex
🔗 Link Alertatron:
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Alertatron ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Alertatron ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Alertatron ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Alertatron ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 41 | 🤖 Uniswap-v3
🔗 Link Alertatron:
🔗 Link 📚 Automation: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Uniswap-v3 ▬ Enter Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Uniswap-v3 ▬ Exit Long: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Uniswap-v3 ▬ Enter Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
📱💻 Uniswap-v3 ▬ Exit Short: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 42 | 🧲🤖 Copy-Trading : Zignaly | Wundertrading
🔗 Link 📚 Copy-Trading: 🔒Titan Pro👽
🧲🤖 Copy-Trading ▬ Zignaly: 🔒Titan Pro👽
🧲🤖 Copy-Trading ▬ Wundertrading: 🔒Titan Pro👽
| 43 | ♻️ ® Don't Repaint!
♻️ This Strategy does not Repaint!: ® Signs Do not repaint❕
♻️ This is a Real Strategy!: Quality : ® Titan Investimentos
📋️️ Get more information about Repainting here:
| 44 | 🔒 Copyright ©️
🔒 Copyright ©️: Copyright © 2023-2024 All rights reserved, ® Titan Investimentos
🔒 Copyright ©️: ® Titan Investimentos
🔒 Copyright ©️: Unique and Exclusive Strategy. All rights reserved
| 45 | 🏛️ Be a Titan Members
🏛️ Titan Pro 👽 Version with ✔️100% Integrated Automation 🤖 and 📚 Automation Tutorials ✔️100% available at: (PDF/VIDEO)
🏛️ Titan Affiliate 🛸 (Subscription Sale) 🔥 Receive 50% commission
| 46 | ⏱ Time Left
Time Left Titan Demo 🐄: ⏱♾ | ⏱ : ♾ Titan Demo 🐄 Version with ❌non-integrated automation 🤖 and 📚 Tutorials for automation ❌not available
Time Left Titan Pro 👽: 🔒Titan Pro👽 | ⏱ : Pro Plans: 30 Days, 90 Days, 12 Months, 24 Months. (👽 Pro 🅼 Monthly, 👽 Pro 🆀 Quarterly, 👽 Pro🅰 Annual, 👽 Pro👾Two Years)
| 47 | Nº Active Users
Nº Active Subscribers Titan Pro 👽: 5️⃣6️⃣ | 1✔️ 5✔️ 10✔️ 100❌ 1K❌ 10K❌ 50K❌ 100K❌ 1M❌ 10M❌ 100M❌ : ⏱ Active Users is updated every 24 hours (Check on indicator)
Nº Active Affiliates Titan Aff 🛸: 6️⃣ | 1✔️ 5✔️ 10❌ 100❌ 1K❌ 10K❌ 50K❌ 100K❌ 1M❌ 10M❌ 100M❌ : ⏱ Active Users is updated every 24 hours (Check on indicator)
2️⃣7️⃣ : 📊 PERFORMANCE : 🆑 Conservative
📊 Exchange: Binance
📊 Pair: BINANCE: BTCUSDTPERP
📊 TimeFrame: 4h
📊 Initial Capital: 10000 $
📊 Order Type: % equity
📊 Size Per Order: 100 %
📊 Commission: 0.03 %
📊 Pyramid: 1
• ⚠️ Risk Profile: 🆑 Conservative: 🎯 TP=2.7 % | 🛑 SL=2.7 %
• 📆All years: 🆑 Conservative: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
📆 Start: September 23, 2019
📆 End: January 11, 2023
📅 Days: 1221
📅 Bars: 7325
Net Profit:
🟢 + 1669.89 %
💲 + 166989.43 USD
Total Close Trades:
⚪️ 369
Percent Profitable:
🟡 64.77 %
Profit Factor:
🟢 2.314
DrawDrown Maximum:
🔴 -24.82 %
💲 -10221.43 USD
Avg Trade:
💲 + 452.55 USD
✔️ Trades Winning: 239
❌ Trades Losing: 130
✔️ Average Gross Win: + 12.31 %
❌ Average Gross Loss: - 9.78 %
✔️ Maximum Consecutive Wins: 9
❌ Maximum Consecutive Losses: 6
% Average Gain Annual: 499.33 %
% Average Gain Monthly: 41.61 %
% Average Gain Weekly: 9.6 %
% Average Gain Day: 1.37 %
💲 Average Gain Annual: 49933 $
💲 Average Gain Monthly: 4161 $
💲 Average Gain Weekly: 960 $
💲 Average Gain Day: 137 $
• 📆 Year: 2020: 🆑 Conservative: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
• 📆 Year: 2021: 🆑 Conservative: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
• 📆 Year: 2022: 🆑 Conservative: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
2️⃣8️⃣ : 📊 PERFORMANCE : Ⓜ️ Moderate
📊 Exchange: Binance
📊 Pair: BINANCE: BTCUSDTPERP
📊 TimeFrame: 4h
📊 Initial Capital: 10000 $
📊 Order Type: % equity
📊 Size Per Order: 100 %
📊 Commission: 0.03 %
📊 Pyramid: 1
• ⚠️ Risk Profile: Ⓜ️ Moderate: 🎯 TP=2.8 % | 🛑 SL=2.7 %
• 📆 All years: Ⓜ️ Moderate: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
📆 Start: September 23, 2019
📆 End: January 11, 2023
📅 Days: 1221
📅 Bars: 7325
Net Profit:
🟢 + 1472.04 %
💲 + 147199.89 USD
Total Close Trades:
⚪️ 362
Percent Profitable:
🟡 63.26 %
Profit Factor:
🟢 2.192
DrawDrown Maximum:
🔴 -22.69 %
💲 -9269.33 USD
Avg Trade:
💲 + 406.63 USD
✔️ Trades Winning: 229
❌ Trades Losing : 133
✔️ Average Gross Win: + 11.82 %
❌ Average Gross Loss: - 9.29 %
✔️ Maximum Consecutive Wins: 9
❌ Maximum Consecutive Losses: 8
% Average Gain Annual: 440.15 %
% Average Gain Monthly: 36.68 %
% Average Gain Weekly: 8.46 %
% Average Gain Day: 1.21 %
💲 Average Gain Annual: 44015 $
💲 Average Gain Monthly: 3668 $
💲 Average Gain Weekly: 846 $
💲 Average Gain Day: 121 $
• 📆 Year: 2020: Ⓜ️ Moderate: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
• 📆 Year: 2021: Ⓜ️ Moderate: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
• 📆 Year: 2022: Ⓜ️ Moderate: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
2️⃣9️⃣ : 📊 PERFORMANCE : 🅰 Aggressive
📊 Exchange: Binance
📊 Pair: BINANCE: BTCUSDTPERP
📊 TimeFrame: 4h
📊 Initial Capital: 10000 $
📊 Order Type: % equity
📊 Size Per Order: 100 %
📊 Commission: 0.03 %
📊 Pyramid: 1
• ⚠️ Risk Profile: 🅰 Aggressive: 🎯 TP=1.6 % | 🛑 SL=6.9 %
• 📆 All years: 🅰 Aggressive: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
📆 Start: September 23, 2019
📆 End: January 11, 2023
📅 Days: 1221
📅 Bars: 7325
Net Profit:
🟢 + 989.38 %
💲 + 98938.38 USD
Total Close Trades:
⚪️ 380
Percent Profitable:
🟢 84.47 %
Profit Factor:
🟢 2.156
DrawDrown Maximum:
🔴 -17.88 %
💲 -9182.84 USD
Avg Trade:
💲 + 260.36 USD
✔️ Trades Winning: 321
❌ Trades Losing: 59
✔️ Average Gross Win: + 5.75 %
❌ Average Gross Loss: - 14.51 %
✔️ Maximum Consecutive Wins: 21
❌ Maximum Consecutive Losses: 6
% Average Gain Annual: 295.84 %
% Average Gain Monthly: 24.65 %
% Average Gain Weekly: 5.69 %
% Average Gain Day: 0.81 %
💲 Average Gain Annual: 29584 $
💲 Average Gain Monthly: 2465 $
💲 Average Gain Weekly: 569 $
💲 Average Gain Day: 81 $
• 📆 Year: 2020: 🅰 Aggressive: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
• 📆 Year: 2021: 🅰 Aggressive: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
• 📆 Year: 2022: 🅰 Aggressive: 🚀 Leverage 1️⃣x
3️⃣0️⃣ : 🛠️ Roadmap
🛠️• 14/ 01 /2023 : Titan THEMIS Launch
🛠️• Updates January/2023 :
• 📚 Tutorials for Automation 🤖 already Available : ✔️
• ✔️ Discord
• ✔️ Wundertrading
• ✔️ Zignaly
• 📚 Tutorials for Automation 🤖 In Preparation : ⭕
• ⭕ Telegram
• ⭕ Twitter
• ⭕ 3comnas
• ⭕ Aleeert
• ⭕ Alertatron
• ⭕ Uniswap-v3
• ⭕ Copy-Trading
🛠️• Updates February/2023 :
• 📰 Launch of advertising material for Titan Affiliates 🛸
• 🛍️🎥🖼️📊 (Sales Page/VSL/Videos/Creative/Infographics)
🛠️• 28/05/2023 : Titan THEMIS update ▬ Version 2.7
🛠️• 28/05/2023 : BOT BOB release ▬ Version 1.0
• (Native Titan THEMIS Automation - Through BOT BOB, a bot for automation of signals, indicators and strategies of TradingView, of own code ▬ in validation.
• BOT BOB
Automation/Connection :
• API - For Centralized Brokers.
• Smart Contracts - Wallet Web - For Decentralized Brokers.
• This way users can automate any indicator or strategy of TradingView and Titan in a decentralized, secure and simplified way.
• Without having the need to use 'third party services' for automating TradingView indicators and strategies like the ones available above.
🛠️• 28/05/2023 : Release ▬ Titan Culture Guide 📝
3️⃣1️⃣ : 🧻 Notes ❕
🧻 • Note ❕ The "Demo 🐄" version, ❌does not have 'integrated automation', to automate the signals of this strategy and enjoy a fully automated system, you need to have access to the Pro version with '100% integrated automation' and all the tutorials for automation available. Become a Titan Pro 👽
🧻 • Note ❕ You will also need to be a "Pro User or higher on Tradingview", to be able to use the webhook feature available only for 'paid' profiles on the platform.
With the webhook feature it is possible to send the signals of this strategy to almost anywhere, in our case to centralized or decentralized brokerages, also to popular messaging services such as: Discord, Telegram or Twiter.
3️⃣2️⃣ : 🚨 Disclaimer ❕❗
🚨 • Disclaimer ❕❕ Past positive result and performance of a system does not guarantee its positive result and performance for the future!
🚨 • Disclaimer ❗❗❗ When using this strategy: Titan Investments is totally Exempt from any claim of liability for losses. The responsibility on the management of your funds is solely yours. This is a very high risk/volatility market! Understand your place in the market.
3️⃣3️⃣ : ♻️ ® No Repaint
This Strategy does not Repaint! This is a real strategy!
3️⃣4️⃣ : 🔒 Copyright ©️
Copyright © 2022-2023 All rights reserved, ® Titan Investimentos
3️⃣5️⃣ : 👏 Acknowledgments
I want to start this message in thanks to TradingView and all the Pinescript community for all the 'magic' created here, a unique ecosystem! rich and healthy, a fertile soil, a 'new world' of possibilities, for a complete deepening and improvement of our best personal skills.
I leave here my immense thanks to the whole community: Tradingview, Pinecoders, Wizards and Moderators.
I was not born Rich .
Thanks to TradingView and pinescript and all its transformation.
I could develop myself and the best of me and the best of my skills.
And consequently build wealth and patrimony.
Gratitude.
One more story for the infinite book !
If you were born poor you were born to be rich !
Raising🔼 the level and raising🔼 the ruler! 📏
My work is my 'debauchery'! Do better! 💐🌹
Soul of a first-timer! Creativity Exudes! 🦄
This is the manifestation of God's magic in me. This is the best of me. 🧙
You will copy me, I know. So you owe me. 💋
My mission here is to raise the consciousness and self-esteem of all Titans and Titanids! Welcome! 🧘 🏛️
The only way to accomplish great work is to do what you love ! Before I learned to program I was wasting my life!
Death is the best creation of life .
Now you are the new , but in the not so distant future you will gradually become the old . Here I stay forever!
Playing the game like an Athlete! 🖼️ Enjoy and Enjoy 🍷 🗿
In honor of: BOB ☆
1 name, 3 letters, 3 possibilities, and if read backwards it's the same thing, a palindrome. ☘
Gratitude to the oracles that have enabled me the 'luck' to get this far: Dal&Ni&Fer
3️⃣6️⃣ : 👮 House Rules : 📺 TradingView
House Rules : This publication and strategy follows all TradingView house guidelines and rules:
📺 TradingView House Rules: www.tradingview.com
📺 Script publication rules: www.tradingview.com
📺 Vendor requirements: www.tradingview.com
📺 Links/References rules: www.tradingview.com
3️⃣7️⃣ : 🏛️ Become a Titan Pro member 👽
🟩 Titan Pro 👽 🟩
3️⃣8️⃣ : 🏛️ Be a member Titan Aff 🛸
🟥 Titan Affiliate 🛸 🟥
The Flash-Strategy with Minervini Stage Analysis QualifierThe Flash-Strategy (Momentum-RSI, EMA-crossover, ATR) with Minervini Stage Analysis Qualifier
Introduction
Welcome to a comprehensive guide on a cutting-edge trading strategy I've developed, designed for the modern trader seeking an edge in today's dynamic markets. This strategy, which I've honed through my years of experience in the trading arena, stands out for its unique blend of technical analysis and market intuition, tailored specifically for use on the TradingView platform.
As a trader with a deep passion for the financial markets, my journey began several years ago, driven by a relentless pursuit of a trading methodology that is both effective and adaptable. My background in trading spans various market conditions and asset classes, providing me with a rich tapestry of experiences from which to draw. This strategy is the culmination of that journey, embodying the lessons learned and insights gained along the way.
The cornerstone of this strategy lies in its ability to generate precise long signals in a Stage 2 uptrend and equally accurate short signals in a Stage 4 downtrend. This approach is rooted in the principles of trend following and momentum trading, harnessing the power of key indicators such as the Momentum-RSI, EMA Crossover, and Average True Range (ATR). What sets this strategy apart is its meticulous design, which allows it to adapt to the ever-changing market conditions, providing traders with a robust tool for navigating both bullish and bearish scenarios.
This strategy was born out of a desire to create a trading system that is not only highly effective in identifying potential trade setups but also straightforward enough to be implemented by traders of varying skill levels. It's a reflection of my belief that successful trading hinges on clarity, precision, and disciplined execution. Whether you are a seasoned trader or just beginning your journey, this guide aims to provide you with a comprehensive understanding of how to harness the full potential of this strategy in your trading endeavors.
In the following sections, we will delve deeper into the mechanics of the strategy, its implementation, and how to make the most out of its features. Join me as we explore the nuances of a strategy that is designed to elevate your trading to the next level.
Stage-Specific Signal Generation
A distinctive feature of this trading strategy is its focus on generating long signals exclusively during Stage 2 uptrends and short signals during Stage 4 downtrends. This approach is based on the widely recognized market cycle theory, which divides the market into four stages: Stage 1 (accumulation), Stage 2 (uptrend), Stage 3 (distribution), and Stage 4 (downtrend). By aligning the signal generation with these specific stages, the strategy aims to capitalize on the most dynamic and clear-cut market movements, thereby enhancing the potential for profitable trades.
1. Long Signals in Stage 2 Uptrends
• Characteristics of Stage 2: Stage 2 is characterized by a strong uptrend, where prices are consistently rising. This stage typically follows a period of accumulation (Stage 1) and is marked by increased investor interest and bullish sentiment in the market.
• Criteria for Long Signal Generation: Long signals are generated during this stage when the technical indicators align with the characteristics of a Stage 2 uptrend.
• Rationale for Stage-Specific Signals: By focusing on Stage 2 for long trades, the strategy seeks to enter positions during the phase of strong upward momentum, thus riding the wave of rising prices and investor optimism. This stage-specific approach minimizes exposure to less predictable market phases, like the consolidation in Stage 1 or the indecision in Stage 3.
2. Short Signals in Stage 4 Downtrends
• Characteristics of Stage 4: Stage 4 is identified by a pronounced downtrend, with declining prices indicating prevailing bearish sentiment. This stage typically follows the distribution phase (Stage 3) and is characterized by increasing selling pressure.
• Criteria for Short Signal Generation: Short signals are generated in this stage when the indicators reflect a strong bearish trend.
• Rationale for Stage-Specific Signals: Targeting Stage 4 for shorting capitalizes on the market's downward momentum. This tactic aligns with the natural market cycle, allowing traders to exploit the downward price movements effectively. By doing so, the strategy avoids the potential pitfalls of shorting during the early or late stages of the market cycle, where trends are less defined and more susceptible to reversals.
In conclusion, the strategy’s emphasis on stage-specific signal generation is a testament to its sophisticated understanding of market dynamics. By tailoring the long and short signals to Stages 2 and 4, respectively, it leverages the most compelling phases of the market cycle, offering traders a clear and structured approach to aligning their trades with dominant market trends.
Strategy Overview
At the heart of this trading strategy is a philosophy centered around capturing market momentum and trend efficiency. The core objective is to identify and capitalize on clear uptrends and downtrends, thereby allowing traders to position themselves in sync with the market's prevailing direction. This approach is grounded in the belief that aligning trades with these dominant market forces can lead to more consistent and profitable outcomes.
The strategy is built on three foundational components, each playing a critical role in the decision-making process:
1. Momentum-RSI (Relative Strength Index): The Momentum-RSI is a pivotal element of this strategy. It's an enhanced version of the traditional RSI, fine-tuned to better capture the strength and velocity of market trends. By measuring the speed and change of price movements, the Momentum-RSI provides invaluable insights into whether a market is potentially overbought or oversold, suggesting possible entry and exit points. This indicator is especially effective in filtering out noise and focusing on substantial market moves.
2. EMA (Exponential Moving Average) Crossover: The EMA Crossover is a crucial component for trend identification. This strategy employs two EMAs with different timeframes to determine the market trend. When the shorter-term EMA crosses above the longer-term EMA, it signals an emerging uptrend, suggesting a potential long entry. Conversely, a crossover below indicates a possible downtrend, hinting at a short entry opportunity. This simple yet powerful tool is key in confirming trend directions and timing market entries.
3. ATR (Average True Range): The ATR is instrumental in assessing market volatility. This indicator helps in understanding the average range of price movements over a given period, thus providing a sense of how much a market might move on a typical day. In this strategy, the ATR is used to adjust stop-loss levels and to gauge the potential risk and reward of trades. It allows for more informed decisions by aligning trade management techniques with the current volatility conditions.
The synergy of these three components – the Momentum-RSI, EMA Crossover, and ATR – creates a robust framework for this trading strategy. By combining momentum analysis, trend identification, and volatility assessment, the strategy offers a comprehensive approach to navigating the markets. Whether it's capturing a strong trend in its early stages or identifying a potential reversal, this strategy aims to provide traders with the tools and insights needed to make well-informed, strategically sound trading decisions.
Detailed Component Analysis
The efficacy of this trading strategy hinges on the synergistic functioning of its three key components: the Momentum-RSI, EMA Crossover, and Average True Range (ATR). Each component brings a unique perspective to the strategy, contributing to a well-rounded approach to market analysis.
1. Momentum-RSI (Relative Strength Index)
• Definition and Function: The Momentum-RSI is a modified version of the classic Relative Strength Index. While the traditional RSI measures the velocity and magnitude of directional price movements, the Momentum-RSI amplifies aspects that reflect trend strength and momentum.
• Significance in Identifying Trend Strength: This indicator excels in identifying the strength behind a market's move. A high Momentum-RSI value typically indicates strong bullish momentum, suggesting the potential continuation of an uptrend. Conversely, a low Momentum-RSI value signals strong bearish momentum, possibly indicative of an ongoing downtrend.
• Application in Strategy: In this strategy, the Momentum-RSI is used to gauge the underlying strength of market trends. It helps in filtering out minor fluctuations and focusing on significant movements, providing a clearer picture of the market's true momentum.
2. EMA (Exponential Moving Average) Crossover
• Definition and Function: The EMA Crossover component utilizes two exponential moving averages of different timeframes. Unlike simple moving averages, EMAs give more weight to recent prices, making them more responsive to new information.
• Contribution to Market Direction: The interaction between the short-term and long-term EMAs is key to determining market direction. A crossover of the shorter EMA above the longer EMA is an indicator of an emerging uptrend, while a crossover below signals a developing downtrend.
• Application in Strategy: The EMA Crossover serves as a trend confirmation tool. It provides a clear, visual representation of the market's direction, aiding in the decision-making process for entering long or short positions. This component ensures that trades are aligned with the prevailing market trend, a crucial factor for the success of the strategy.
3. ATR (Average True Range)
• Definition and Function: The ATR is an indicator that measures market volatility by calculating the average range between the high and low prices over a specified period.
• Role in Assessing Market Volatility: The ATR provides insights into the typical market movement within a given timeframe, offering a measure of the market's volatility. Higher ATR values indicate increased volatility, while lower values suggest a calmer market environment.
• Application in Strategy: Within this strategy, the ATR is instrumental in tailoring risk management techniques, particularly in setting stop-loss levels. By accounting for the market's volatility, the ATR ensures that stop-loss orders are placed at levels that are neither too tight (risking premature exits) nor too loose (exposing to excessive risk).
In summary, the combination of Momentum-RSI, EMA Crossover, and ATR in this trading strategy provides a comprehensive toolkit for market analysis. The Momentum-RSI identifies the strength of market trends, the EMA Crossover confirms the market direction, and the ATR guides in risk management by assessing volatility. Together, these components form the backbone of a strategy designed to navigate the complexities of the financial markets effectively.
1. Signal Generation Process
• Combining Indicators: The strategy operates by synthesizing signals from the Momentum-RSI, EMA Crossover, and ATR indicators. Each indicator serves a specific purpose: the Momentum-RSI gauges trend momentum, the EMA Crossover identifies the trend direction, and the ATR assesses the market’s volatility.
• Criteria for Signal Validation: For a signal to be considered valid, it must meet specific criteria set by each of the three indicators. This multi-layered approach ensures that signals are not only based on one aspect of market behavior but are a result of a comprehensive analysis.
2. Conditions for Long Positions
• Uptrend Confirmation: A long position signal is generated when the shorter-term EMA crosses above the longer-term EMA, indicating an uptrend.
• Momentum-RSI Alignment: Alongside the EMA crossover, the Momentum-RSI should indicate strong bullish momentum. This is typically represented by the Momentum-RSI being at a high level, confirming the strength of the uptrend.
• ATR Consideration: The ATR is used to fine-tune the entry point and set an appropriate stop-loss level. In a low volatility scenario, as indicated by the ATR, the stop-loss can be set tighter, closer to the entry point.
3. Conditions for Short Positions
• Downtrend Confirmation: Conversely, a short position signal is indicated when the shorter-term EMA crosses below the longer-term EMA, signaling a downtrend.
• Momentum-RSI Confirmation: The Momentum-RSI should reflect strong bearish momentum, usually seen when the Momentum-RSI is at a low level. This confirms the bearish strength of the market.
• ATR Application: The ATR again plays a role in determining the stop-loss level for the short position. Higher volatility, as indicated by a higher ATR, would warrant a wider stop-loss to accommodate larger market swings.
By adhering to these mechanics, the strategy aims to ensure that each trade is entered with a high probability of success, aligning with the market’s current momentum and trend. The integration of these indicators allows for a holistic market analysis, providing traders with clear and actionable signals for both entering and exiting trades.
Customizable Parameters in the Strategy
Flexibility and adaptability are key features of this trading strategy, achieved through a range of customizable parameters. These parameters allow traders to tailor the strategy to their individual trading style, risk tolerance, and specific market conditions. By adjusting these parameters, users can fine-tune the strategy to optimize its performance and align it with their unique trading objectives. Below are the primary parameters that can be customized within the strategy:
1. Momentum-RSI Settings
• Period: The lookback period for the Momentum-RSI can be adjusted. A shorter period makes the indicator more sensitive to recent price changes, while a longer period smoothens the RSI line, offering a broader view of the momentum.
• Overbought/Oversold Thresholds: Users can set their own overbought and oversold levels, which can help in identifying extreme market conditions more precisely according to their trading approach.
2. EMA Crossover Settings
• Timeframes for EMAs: The strategy uses two EMAs with different timeframes. Traders can modify these timeframes, choosing shorter periods for a more responsive approach or longer periods for a more conservative one.
• Source Data: The choice of price data (close, open, high, low) used in calculating the EMAs can be varied depending on the trader’s preference.
3. ATR Settings
• Lookback Period: Adjusting the lookback period for the ATR impacts how the indicator measures volatility. A longer period may provide a more stable but less responsive measure, while a shorter period offers quicker but potentially more erratic readings.
• Multiplier for Stop-Loss Calculation: This parameter allows traders to set how aggressively or conservatively they want their stop-loss to be in relation to the ATR value.
Here are the standard settings:
APIBridge Advanced RSI + EMAUsing Pinescript, we will use charts of Cash/Future to trade in Options. Note this strategy works well with even the free version of TradingView.
The Relative Strength Index ( RSI ). Is a momentum oscillator that measures the speed and change of price movements. The RSI oscillates between zero and 100. Increasing RSI shows increasing bullish momentum. Decreasing RSI shows increasing bearish momentum. We take RSI upper bound as 80 to indicate bullish momentum and RSI lower bound as 20 to indicate bearish momentum.
Since this strategy uses underlying data (cash/future) to place trades in Options, please ignore the backtest of this strategy given by TradingView. TradingView does not provide options data but this strategy bypasses it.
Strategy Premise
The Relative Strength Index ( RSI ) is a momentum oscillator that measures the speed and change of price movements. The RSI oscillates between zero and 100. Increasing RSI shows increasing bullish momentum. Decreasing RSI shows increasing bearish momentum. We take RSI upper bound as 80 to indicate bullish momentum and RSI lower bound as 20 to indicate bearish momentum.
apibridge rsi + ema options / futures / commodity algo strategy logic
Long Entry: When RSI crosses over oversold level and fast ema crosses over slow ema , send LE .
Long Exit: When price hit Stop loss or Target .If SL/ TGT is not hit and reverse signal is sent by strategy then exit the Long
Short Entry : When RSI crosses under overbought level and fast ema crosses under slow ema , send SE
Short Exit : When price hit Stop loss or Target. If SL/ TGT is not hit and reverse signal is sent by strategy then exit Short
TradingView Parameters
1. Start Date(Mandatory) : The strategy does not take trade before this date
2. End Date(Mandatory) : The strategy does not take trade after this trade
3.RSI Length(Mandatory): Number of bars used to calculated RSI .
4.Fast Ema Length(Mandatory): Length for fast ema
5.Slow Ema Length(Mandatory): Length for slow ema
6.Source for rsi and ema calculation(Mandatory): Source to use for rsi and ema like close , open , high , low , hl2 etc
7.Overbought(Mandatory): To specify upper band of RSI .
8.Oversold(Mandatory): For specifying lower band of RSI .
9.plot ema or rsi (Mandatory) : Due to difference in scales of rsi and ema , strategy can only plot one of both precisely (the strategy logic which is based on both esi and ema is unaffected by this choice)
10.Quantity: We use this to specify the trade quantity (for Nifty min 75)
11.Custom Stop Loss in Points: Movement in chart price against the momentum which will trigger exit in options positions
12.Custom Target in Points: Movement in chart price against the momentum which will trigger exit in options positions
13.Base symbol: This is the base instrument symbol like NIFTY or BANK NIFTY .
14.Strike distance from ATM: Our default strike selection is considered as first ATM option (with nearest distance, only 100s are considered ). This strike
distance allows to calculate ATM options which are at fixed distance.
15.Expiry: Expiry of option. Weekly and monthly both expiry are allowed.
16.Instrument: For index instrument will be OPTIDX, for stock instrument will be OPTSTK
17.Strategy Tag: The Strategy of Nifty options configured in Api bridge.
APIBridge Nifty Options Algo StrategyUsing Pinescript, we will use charts of Cash/Future to trade in Options. Note this strategy works well with even the free version of TradingView.
The Relative Strength Index ( RSI ). Is a momentum oscillator that measures the speed and change of price movements. The RSI oscillates between zero and 100. Increasing RSI shows increasing bullish momentum. Decreasing RSI shows increasing bearish momentum. We take RSI upper bound as 80 to indicate bullish momentum and RSI lower bound as 20 to indicate bearish momentum.
We use the above premise to create options buy-only strategy which trades in ATM strikes by default. This strategy requires very less margin (Minimum Rs . 15000).
Since this strategy uses underlying data (cash/future) to place trades in Options, please ignore the backtest of this strategy given by TradingView. TradingView does not provide options data but this strategy bypasses it.
Strategy Premise
The Relative Strength Index (RSI) is a momentum oscillator that measures the speed and change of price movements. The RSI oscillates between zero and 100. Increasing RSI shows increasing bullish momentum. Decreasing RSI shows increasing bearish momentum. We take RSI upper bound as 80 to indicate bullish momentum and RSI lower bound as 20 to indicate bearish momentum.
We use the above premise to create options buy-only strategy which trades in ATM strikes by default. This strategy requires very less margin (Rs. 15000 should be sufficient).
NSE Options Algo Strategy Logic
Long Entry: When RSI goes above 80, send LE in an auto-calculated option strike Call. When RSI goes below 20, send LE in auto-calculated option strike Put.
Long Exit: When we hit Stop loss or Target. In case SL/TGT does not hit and reverse RSI goes above 80 send Long Exit in auto-calculated option. Put as per last trade; RSI goes below 20, send LX in auto-calculated option call as per last trade.
For Long and Short entry the order is fired in the option buying side with auto strike price selection.
Option Strategy Parameters for TraingView Charts
RSI Length(Mandatory): Number of bars used to calculated RSI.
Upper Band(Mandatory): To specify upper band of RSI.
Lower Band(Mandatory): For specifying lower band of RSI.
Use reversal from Upper Band (Optional): This will enable short entry when RSI is falling below 80 from upper band. Recommended to keep unchecked initially.
Use reversal from Lower Band (Optional): This will enable long entry when RSI is raising above 20 from lower band. Recommended to keep unchecked initially.
Quantity: We use this specify the trade quantity (for Nifty min 75)
Custom Stop Loss in Points: Movement in chart price against the momentum which will trigger exit in options positions
Custom Target in Points: Movement in chart price against the momentum which will trigger exit in options positions
Base symbol: This is the base instrument symbol like NIFTY or BANK NIFTY.
Strike distance from ATM: Our default strike selection is considered as first ATM option (with nearest distance, only 100s are considered ). This strike distance allows to calculate ATM options which are at fixed distance.
Expiry: Expiry of option. Weekly and monthly both expiry are allowed.
Instrument: For index instrument will be OPTIDX, for stock instrument will be OPTSTK
Strategy Tag: The Strategy of Nifty options configured in Api bridge.
Setting Up Alert
Before setting up the alert make sure that you have selected desired script, time frame, strategy settings, and APIbridge configuration. Click in settings add alert and paste {{strategy.order.comment}} in message box.
Important: Do not change any settings during live trading. It may break the sequence of exit for the correct call/put.
VXD SupercycleVXD is a brand new indicator and still developing. to minimize stop losses and overcome sideways market conditions, Higher Timeframe are recommended
Trend lines
-using Rolling VWAP as trend line to determined if Volume related to a certain price.
-you can switch RVWAP to EMA in the setting
ATR
-trailing 12*ATR and 2.4 Mutiplier
Pivot point and Rejected Block
Pivot show last High and low of a price in past bars
Rejected Block show when that High or Low price are important level to determined if it's Hidden Divergence or Divergence
Symbols on chart show Premium and Discount Prices
X-Cross - show potential reversal trend with weak volume .
O-circle - show potential reversal trend with strong volume .
Setting
Momentum: RSI = 25 , RSI MA = 14
Trend: Rolling VWAP and ATR and Subhag
Trailing STOP: ATR 12 x 2.4
Highlight Bars color when volume is above SMA 6
SMA200 act as TP Line
Risk:Reward Calculation
if Buy your Stoploss will be previous Pivot low
if Sell your Stoploss will be previous Pivot high and will be calculated form there, then show TP in Orange color line
VXD เป็นระบบเทรดที่ผมทดลองเอาหลาย ๆ ไอเดีย ทั้งจาก Youtube facebook และกลุ่มคนต่าง ๆ มารวบรวมไว้ แล้วตกผลึกขึ้นมาเป็นระบบนี้ ใน Timeframe ใหญ่ ๆ สามารถลากได้ทั้ง Cycle กันเลย
Trend lines
-ใช้ Rolling VWAP ของแอพ Tradingview (สามารถตั้งแค่าเป็น EMA ได้)
ATR
-ใช้ค่า ATR 12 Mutiplier 2.4
Pivot point and Rejected Block
Pivot โชว์เส้น High low และมีผลกับออเดอร์ หากแท่งเทียนปิดทะลุเส้นนี้
Rejected Block วาดแนวรับ-ต้าน อัตโนมัติ ใช้ประกอบ RSI ว่ามี Divergence หรือไม่
สัญลักษณ์ต่าง ๆ
X-Cross - แท่งกลืนกิน วอลุ่มน้อย
O-circle - แท่งกลืนกิน มีวอลุ่ม
Setting
Momentum: RSI = 25 , RSI MA = 14
Trend: Rolling VWAP and ATR and Subhag
Trailing STOP: ATR 12 x 2.4
Highlight Bars color when volume is above SMA 6
SMA200 act as TP Line
Risk:Reward Calculation
หาก Buy จุด SL จะอยู่ที่ Pivot low
หาก Sell จุด SL จะอยู่ที่ Pivot high และระบบจะคำนวณจากตรงนั้น จากนั้นแสดงเป็นเส้น TP สีส้ม
This Strategy Combined the following indicators and conditioning by me
ATR , RSI , EMA , SMA
Rolling VWAP - /script/ZU2UUu9T-Rolling-VWAP/
Regression Lines - Subhag form Subhag Ghosh /script/LHHBVpQu-Subhag-Ghosh-Algo-Version-for-banknifty/
Rejection Block , Pivots , High Volume Bars and PPDD form Super OrderBlock / FVG / BoS Tools by makuchaku & eFe /script/aZACDmTC-Super-OrderBlock-FVG-BoS-Tools-by-makuchaku-eFe/
ขอให้รวยครับ.
RSI Strategy [PrimeAutomation]⯁ OVERVIEW
The RSI Strategy is a momentum-driven trading system built around the behavior of the Relative Strength Index (RSI).
Instead of using traditional overbought/oversold zones, this strategy focuses on RSI breakouts with volatility-based trailing stops, adaptive profit-targets, and optional early-exit logic.
It is designed to capture strong continuation moves after momentum shifts while protecting trades using ATR-based dynamic risk management.
⯁ CONCEPTS
RSI Breakout Momentum: Entries happen when RSI breaks above/below custom thresholds, signaling a shift in momentum rather than mean reversion.
Volatility-Adjusted Risk: ATR defines both stop-loss and profit-target distances, scaling positions based on market volatility.
Dynamic Trailing Stop: The strategy maintains an adaptive trailing level that tightens as price moves in the trade’s favor.
Single-Position System: Only one trade at a time (no pyramiding), maximizing clarity and simplifying execution.
⯁ KEY FEATURES
RSI Signal Engine
• Long when RSI crosses above Upper threshold
• Short when RSI crosses below Lower threshold
These levels are configurable and optimized for trend-momentum detection.
ATR-Based Stop-Loss
A custom ATR multiplier defines the initial stop.
• Long stop = price – ATR × multiplier
• Short stop = price + ATR × multiplier
Stops adjust continuously using a trailing model.
ATR-Based Take Profit (Optional)
Profit targets scale with volatility.
• Long TP = entry + ATR × TP-multiplier
• Short TP = entry – ATR × TP-multiplier
Users can disable TP and rely solely on trailing stops.
Real-Time Trailing Logic
The stop updates bar-by-bar:
• In a long trade → stop moves upward only
• In a short trade → stop moves downward only
This keeps the stop tight as trends develop.
Early Exit Module (Optional)
After X bars in a trade, opposite RSI signals trigger exit.
This reduces holding time during weak follow-through phases.
Full Visual Layer
• RSI plotted with threshold fills
• Entry/TP/Stop visual lines
• Color-coded zones for clarity
⯁ HOW TO USE
Look for RSI Breakouts:
Focus on RSI crossing above the upper boundary (long) or below the lower boundary (short). These moments identify fresh momentum surges.
Use ATR Levels to Manage Risk:
Because stops and targets scale with volatility, the strategy adapts well to both quiet and explosive market phases.
Monitor Trailing Stops for Trend Continuation:
The trailing stop is the primary driver of exits—often outperforming fixed targets by catching larger runs.
Use on Liquid Markets & Mid-Higher Timeframes:
The system performs best where RSI and ATR signals are clean—crypto majors, FX, and indices.
⯁ CONCLUSION
The RSI Strategy is a modern RSI breakout system enhanced with volatility-adaptive risk management and flexible exit logic. It is designed for traders who prefer momentum confirmation over mean reversion, offering a disciplined framework with robust protections and dynamic trend-following capability.
Its blend of ATR-based stops, optional profit targets, and RSI-driven entries makes it a reliable strategy across a wide range of market conditions.
AVGO Advanced Day Trading Strategy📈 Overview
The AVGO Advanced Day Trading Strategy is a comprehensive, multi-timeframe trading system designed for active day traders seeking consistent performance with robust risk management. Originally optimized for AVGO (Broadcom), this strategy adapts well to other liquid stocks and can be customized for various trading styles.
🎯 Key Features
Multiple Entry Methods
EMA Crossover: Classic trend-following signals using fast (9) and medium (16) EMAs
MACD + RSI Confluence: Momentum-based entries combining MACD crossovers with RSI positioning
Price Momentum: Consecutive price action patterns with EMA and RSI confirmation
Hybrid System: Advanced multi-trigger approach combining all methodologies
Advanced Technical Arsenal
When enabled, the strategy analyzes 8+ additional indicators for confluence:
Volume Price Trend (VPT): Measures volume-weighted price momentum
On-Balance Volume (OBV): Tracks cumulative volume flow
Accumulation/Distribution Line: Identifies institutional money flow
Williams %R: Momentum oscillator for entry timing
Rate of Change Suite: Multi-timeframe momentum analysis (5, 14, 18 periods)
Commodity Channel Index (CCI): Cyclical turning points
Average Directional Index (ADX): Trend strength measurement
Parabolic SAR: Dynamic support/resistance levels
🛡️ Risk Management System
Position Sizing
Risk-based position sizing (default 1% per trade)
Maximum position limits (default 25% of equity)
Daily loss limits with automatic position closure
Multiple Profit Targets
Target 1: 1.5% gain (50% position exit)
Target 2: 2.5% gain (30% position exit)
Target 3: 3.6% gain (20% position exit)
Configurable exit percentages and target levels
Stop Loss Protection
ATR-based or percentage-based stop losses
Optional trailing stops
Dynamic stop adjustment based on market volatility
📊 Technical Specifications
Primary Indicators
EMAs: 9 (Fast), 16 (Medium), 50 (Long)
VWAP: Volume-weighted average price filter
RSI: 6-period momentum oscillator
MACD: 8/13/5 configuration for faster signals
Volume Confirmation
Volume filter requiring 1.6x average volume
19-period volume moving average baseline
Optional volume confirmation bypass
Market Structure Analysis
Bollinger Bands (20-period, 2.0 multiplier)
Squeeze detection for breakout opportunities
Fractal and pivot point analysis
⏰ Trading Hours & Filters
Time Management
Configurable trading hours (default: 9:30 AM - 3:30 PM EST)
Weekend and holiday filtering
Session-based trade management
Market Condition Filters
Trend alignment requirements
VWAP positioning filters
Volatility-based entry conditions
📱 Visual Features
Information Dashboard
Real-time display of:
Current entry method and signals
Bullish/bearish signal counts
RSI and MACD status
Trend direction and strength
Position status and P&L
Volume and time filter status
Chart Visualization
EMA plots with customizable colors
Entry signal markers
Target and stop level lines
Background color coding for trends
Optional Bollinger Bands and SAR display
🔔 Alert System
Entry Alerts
Customizable alerts for long and short entries
Method-specific alert messages
Signal confluence notifications
Advanced Alerts
Strong confluence threshold alerts
Custom alert messages with signal counts
Risk management alerts
⚙️ Customization Options
Strategy Parameters
Enable/disable long or short trades
Adjustable risk parameters
Multiple entry method selection
Advanced indicator on/off toggle
Visual Customization
Color schemes for all indicators
Dashboard position and size options
Show/hide various chart elements
Background color preferences
📋 Default Settings
Initial Capital: $100,000
Commission: 0.1%
Default Position Size: 10% of equity
Risk Per Trade: 1.0%
RSI Length: 6 periods
MACD: 8/13/5 configuration
Stop Loss: 1.1% or ATR-based
🎯 Best Use Cases
Day Trading: Designed for intraday opportunities
Swing Trading: Adaptable for longer-term positions
Momentum Trading: Excellent for trending markets
Risk-Conscious Trading: Built-in risk management protocols
⚠️ Important Notes
Paper Trading Recommended: Test thoroughly before live trading
Market Conditions: Performance varies with market volatility
Customization: Adjust parameters based on your risk tolerance
Educational Purpose: Use as a learning tool and customize for your needs
🏆 Performance Features
Detailed performance metrics
Trade-by-trade analysis capability
Customizable risk/reward ratios
Comprehensive backtesting support
This strategy is for educational purposes. Past performance does not guarantee future results. Always practice proper risk management and consider your financial situation before trading.
Ramen & OJ V1Ramen & OJ V1 — Strategy Overview
Ramen & OJ V1 is a mechanical price-action system built around two entry archetypes—Engulfing and Momentum—with trend gates, session controls, risk rails, and optional interval take-profits. It’s designed to behave the same way you’d trade it manually: wait for a qualified impulse, enter with discipline (optionally on a measured retracement), and manage the position with clear, rules-based exits.
Core Idea (What the engine does)
At its heart, the strategy looks for a decisive candle, then trades in alignment with your defined trend gates and flattens when that bias is no longer valid.
Entry Candle Type
Engulfing: The body of the current candle swallows the prior candle’s body (classic momentum shift).
Momentum: A simple directional body (close > open for longs, close < open for shorts).
Body Filter (lookback): Optional guard that requires the current body to be at least as large as the max body from the last N bars. This keeps you from chasing weak signals.
Primary MA (Entry/Exit Role):
Gate (optional): Require price to be above the Primary MA for longs / below for shorts.
Exit (always): Base exit occurs when price closes back across the Primary MA against your position.
Longs: qualifying bullish candle + pass all enabled filters.
Shorts: mirror logic.
Entries (Impulse vs. Pullback)
You choose how aggressive to be:
Market/Bars-Close Entry: Fire on the bar that confirms the signal (respecting filters and sessions).
Retracement Entry (optional): Instead of chasing the close, place a limit around a configurable % of the signal candle’s range (e.g., 50%). This buys the dip/sells the pop with structure, often improving average entry and risk.
Flip logic is handled: when an opposite, fully-qualified signal appears while in a position, the strategy closes first and then opens the new direction per rules.
Exits & Trade Management
Primary Exit: Price closing back across the Primary MA against your position.
Interval Take-Profit (optional):
Pre-Placed (native): Automatically lays out laddered limit targets every X ticks with OCO behavior. Each rung can carry its own stop (per-rung risk). Clean, broker-like behavior in backtests.
Manual (legacy): Closes slices as price steps through the ladder levels intrabar. Useful for platforms/brokers that need incremental closes rather than bracketed OCOs.
Per-Trade Stop: Choose ticks or dollars, and whether the $ stop is per position or per contract. When pre-placed TP is on, each rung uses a coordinated OCO stop; otherwise a single hard stop is attached.
Risk Rails (Session P&L Controls)
Session Soft Lock: When a session profit target or loss limit is hit, the strategy stops taking new trades but does not force-close open positions.
Session Hard Lock: On reaching your session P&L limit, all orders are canceled and the strategy flattens immediately. No new orders until the next session.
These rails help keep good days good and bad days survivable.
Filters & How They Work Together
1) Trend & Bias
Primary MA Gate (optional): Only long above / only short below. This keeps signals aligned with your primary bias.
Primary MA Slope Filter (optional): Require a minimum up/down slope (in degrees over a defined bar span). It’s a simple way to force impulse alignment—green light only when the MA is actually moving up for longs (or down for shorts).
Secondary MA Filter (optional): An additional trend gate (SMA/EMA, often a 200). Price must be on the correct side of this higher-timeframe proxy to trade. Great for avoiding countertrend picks.
How to combine:
Use Secondary MA as the “big picture” bias, Primary MA gate as your local regime check, and Slope to ensure momentum in that regime. That three-layer stack cuts a lot of chop.
2) Volatility/Exhaustion
CCI Dead Zone Filter (optional): Trades only when CCI is inside a specified band (default ±200). This avoids entries when price is extremely stretched; think of it as a no-chase rule.
TTM Squeeze Filter (optional): When enabled, the strategy avoids entries during a squeeze (Bollinger Bands inside Keltner Channels). You’re effectively waiting for the release, not the compression itself. This plays nicely with momentum entries and the slope gate.
How to combine:
If you want only the clean breaks, enable Slope + Squeeze; if you want structure but fewer chases, add CCI Dead Zone. You’ll filter out a lot of low-quality “wiggle” trades.
3) Time & Market Calendar
Sessions: Up to two session windows (America/Chicago by default), with background highlights.
Good-Till-Close (GTC): When ON, trades can close outside the session window; when OFF, all positions are flattened at session end and pending orders canceled.
Market-Day Filters: Skip US listed holidays and known non-full Globex days (e.g., Black Friday, certain eves). Cleaner logs and fewer backtest artifacts.
How to combine:
Run your A-setup window (e.g., cash open hour) with GTC ON if you want exits to obey system rules even after the window, or GTC OFF if you want the book flat at the bell, no exceptions.
Practical Profiles (mix-and-match presets)
Trend Rider: Primary MA gate ON, Slope filter ON, Secondary MA ON, Retracement ON (50%).
Goal: Only take momentum that’s already moving, buy the dip/sell the pop back into trend.
Structure-First Pullback: Primary MA gate ON, Secondary MA ON, CCI Dead Zone ON, Retracement 38–62%.
Goal: Filter extremes, use measured pullbacks for better R:R.
Break-Only Mode: Slope ON + Squeeze filter ON (avoid compression), Body filter ON with short lookback.
Goal: Only catch clean post-compression impulses.
Session Scalper: Tight session window, GTC OFF, Interval TP ON (small slices, short rungs), per-trade tick stop.
Goal: Quick hits in a well-defined window, always flat after.
Automation Notes
The system is built with intrabar awareness (calc_on_every_tick=true) and supports bracket-style behavior via pre-placed interval TP rungs. For webhook automation (e.g., TradersPost), keep chart(s) open and ensure alerts are tied to your order events or signal conditions as implemented in your alert templates. Always validate live routing with a small-size shakedown before scaling.
Tips, Caveats & Good Hygiene
Intrabar vs. Close: Backtests can fill intrabar where your broker might not. The pre-placed mode helps emulate OCO behavior but still depends on feed granularity.
Slippage & Fees: Set realistic slippage/commission in Strategy Properties to avoid fantasy equity curves.
Session Consistency: Use the correct timezone and verify that your broker’s session aligns with your chart session settings.
Don’t Over-stack Filters: More filters ≠ better performance. Start with trend gates, then add one volatility filter if needed.
Disclosure
This script is for educational purposes only and is not financial advice. Markets carry risk; only trade capital you can afford to lose. Test thoroughly on replay and paper before using any automated routing.
TL;DR
Identify a decisive candle → pass trend/vol filters → (optionally) pull back to a measured limit → scale out on pre-planned rungs → exit on Primary MA break or session rule. Clear, mechanical, repeatable.
Game Theory Trading StrategyGame Theory Trading Strategy: Explanation and Working Logic
This Pine Script (version 5) code implements a trading strategy named "Game Theory Trading Strategy" in TradingView. Unlike the previous indicator, this is a full-fledged strategy with automated entry/exit rules, risk management, and backtesting capabilities. It uses Game Theory principles to analyze market behavior, focusing on herd behavior, institutional flows, liquidity traps, and Nash equilibrium to generate buy (long) and sell (short) signals. Below, I'll explain the strategy's purpose, working logic, key components, and usage tips in detail.
1. General Description
Purpose: The strategy identifies high-probability trading opportunities by combining Game Theory concepts (herd behavior, contrarian signals, Nash equilibrium) with technical analysis (RSI, volume, momentum). It aims to exploit market inefficiencies caused by retail herd behavior, institutional flows, and liquidity traps. The strategy is designed for automated trading with defined risk management (stop-loss/take-profit) and position sizing based on market conditions.
Key Features:
Herd Behavior Detection: Identifies retail panic buying/selling using RSI and volume spikes.
Liquidity Traps: Detects stop-loss hunting zones where price breaks recent highs/lows but reverses.
Institutional Flow Analysis: Tracks high-volume institutional activity via Accumulation/Distribution and volume spikes.
Nash Equilibrium: Uses statistical price bands to assess whether the market is in equilibrium or deviated (overbought/oversold).
Risk Management: Configurable stop-loss (SL) and take-profit (TP) percentages, dynamic position sizing based on Game Theory (minimax principle).
Visualization: Displays Nash bands, signals, background colors, and two tables (Game Theory status and backtest results).
Backtesting: Tracks performance metrics like win rate, profit factor, max drawdown, and Sharpe ratio.
Strategy Settings:
Initial capital: $10,000.
Pyramiding: Up to 3 positions.
Position size: 10% of equity (default_qty_value=10).
Configurable inputs for RSI, volume, liquidity, institutional flow, Nash equilibrium, and risk management.
Warning: This is a strategy, not just an indicator. It executes trades automatically in TradingView's Strategy Tester. Always backtest thoroughly and use proper risk management before live trading.
2. Working Logic (Step by Step)
The strategy processes each bar (candle) to generate signals, manage positions, and update performance metrics. Here's how it works:
a. Input Parameters
The inputs are grouped for clarity:
Herd Behavior (🐑):
RSI Period (14): For overbought/oversold detection.
Volume MA Period (20): To calculate average volume for spike detection.
Herd Threshold (2.0): Volume multiplier for detecting herd activity.
Liquidity Analysis (💧):
Liquidity Lookback (50): Bars to check for recent highs/lows.
Liquidity Sensitivity (1.5): Volume multiplier for trap detection.
Institutional Flow (🏦):
Institutional Volume Multiplier (2.5): For detecting large volume spikes.
Institutional MA Period (21): For Accumulation/Distribution smoothing.
Nash Equilibrium (⚖️):
Nash Period (100): For calculating price mean and standard deviation.
Nash Deviation (0.02): Multiplier for equilibrium bands.
Risk Management (🛡️):
Use Stop-Loss (true): Enables SL at 2% below/above entry price.
Use Take-Profit (true): Enables TP at 5% above/below entry price.
b. Herd Behavior Detection
RSI (14): Checks for extreme conditions:
Overbought: RSI > 70 (potential herd buying).
Oversold: RSI < 30 (potential herd selling).
Volume Spike: Volume > SMA(20) x 2.0 (herd_threshold).
Momentum: Price change over 10 bars (close - close ) compared to its SMA(20).
Herd Signals:
Herd Buying: RSI > 70 + volume spike + positive momentum = Retail buying frenzy (red background).
Herd Selling: RSI < 30 + volume spike + negative momentum = Retail selling panic (green background).
c. Liquidity Trap Detection
Recent Highs/Lows: Calculated over 50 bars (liquidity_lookback).
Psychological Levels: Nearest round numbers (e.g., $100, $110) as potential stop-loss zones.
Trap Conditions:
Up Trap: Price breaks recent high, closes below it, with a volume spike (volume > SMA x 1.5).
Down Trap: Price breaks recent low, closes above it, with a volume spike.
Visualization: Traps are marked with small red/green crosses above/below bars.
d. Institutional Flow Analysis
Volume Check: Volume > SMA(20) x 2.5 (inst_volume_mult) = Institutional activity.
Accumulation/Distribution (AD):
Formula: ((close - low) - (high - close)) / (high - low) * volume, cumulated over time.
Smoothed with SMA(21) (inst_ma_length).
Accumulation: AD > MA + high volume = Institutions buying.
Distribution: AD < MA + high volume = Institutions selling.
Smart Money Index: (close - open) / (high - low) * volume, smoothed with SMA(20). Positive = Smart money buying.
e. Nash Equilibrium
Calculation:
Price mean: SMA(100) (nash_period).
Standard deviation: stdev(100).
Upper Nash: Mean + StdDev x 0.02 (nash_deviation).
Lower Nash: Mean - StdDev x 0.02.
Conditions:
Near Equilibrium: Price between upper and lower Nash bands (stable market).
Above Nash: Price > upper band (overbought, sell potential).
Below Nash: Price < lower band (oversold, buy potential).
Visualization: Orange line (mean), red/green lines (upper/lower bands).
f. Game Theory Signals
The strategy generates three types of signals, combined into long/short triggers:
Contrarian Signals:
Buy: Herd selling + (accumulation or down trap) = Go against retail panic.
Sell: Herd buying + (distribution or up trap).
Momentum Signals:
Buy: Below Nash + positive smart money + no herd buying.
Sell: Above Nash + negative smart money + no herd selling.
Nash Reversion Signals:
Buy: Below Nash + rising close (close > close ) + volume > MA.
Sell: Above Nash + falling close + volume > MA.
Final Signals:
Long Signal: Contrarian buy OR momentum buy OR Nash reversion buy.
Short Signal: Contrarian sell OR momentum sell OR Nash reversion sell.
g. Position Management
Position Sizing (Minimax Principle):
Default: 1.0 (10% of equity).
In Nash equilibrium: Reduced to 0.5 (conservative).
During institutional volume: Increased to 1.5 (aggressive).
Entries:
Long: If long_signal is true and no existing long position (strategy.position_size <= 0).
Short: If short_signal is true and no existing short position (strategy.position_size >= 0).
Exits:
Stop-Loss: If use_sl=true, set at 2% below/above entry price.
Take-Profit: If use_tp=true, set at 5% above/below entry price.
Pyramiding: Up to 3 concurrent positions allowed.
h. Visualization
Nash Bands: Orange (mean), red (upper), green (lower).
Background Colors:
Herd buying: Red (90% transparency).
Herd selling: Green.
Institutional volume: Blue.
Signals:
Contrarian buy/sell: Green/red triangles below/above bars.
Liquidity traps: Red/green crosses above/below bars.
Tables:
Game Theory Table (Top-Right):
Herd Behavior: Buying frenzy, selling panic, or normal.
Institutional Flow: Accumulation, distribution, or neutral.
Nash Equilibrium: In equilibrium, above, or below.
Liquidity Status: Trap detected or safe.
Position Suggestion: Long (green), Short (red), or Wait (gray).
Backtest Table (Bottom-Right):
Total Trades: Number of closed trades.
Win Rate: Percentage of winning trades.
Net Profit/Loss: In USD, colored green/red.
Profit Factor: Gross profit / gross loss.
Max Drawdown: Peak-to-trough equity drop (%).
Win/Loss Trades: Number of winning/losing trades.
Risk/Reward Ratio: Simplified Sharpe ratio (returns / drawdown).
Avg Win/Loss Ratio: Average win per trade / average loss per trade.
Last Update: Current time.
i. Backtesting Metrics
Tracks:
Total trades, winning/losing trades.
Win rate (%).
Net profit ($).
Profit factor (gross profit / gross loss).
Max drawdown (%).
Simplified Sharpe ratio (returns / drawdown).
Average win/loss ratio.
Updates metrics on each closed trade.
Displays a label on the last bar with backtest period, total trades, win rate, and net profit.
j. Alerts
No explicit alertconditions defined, but you can add them for long_signal and short_signal (e.g., alertcondition(long_signal, "GT Long Entry", "Long Signal Detected!")).
Use TradingView's alert system with Strategy Tester outputs.
3. Usage Tips
Timeframe: Best for H1-D1 timeframes. Shorter frames (M1-M15) may produce noisy signals.
Settings:
Risk Management: Adjust sl_percent (e.g., 1% for volatile markets) and tp_percent (e.g., 3% for scalping).
Herd Threshold: Increase to 2.5 for stricter herd detection in choppy markets.
Liquidity Lookback: Reduce to 20 for faster markets (e.g., crypto).
Nash Period: Increase to 200 for longer-term analysis.
Backtesting:
Use TradingView's Strategy Tester to evaluate performance.
Check win rate (>50%), profit factor (>1.5), and max drawdown (<20%) for viability.
Test on different assets/timeframes to ensure robustness.
Live Trading:
Start with a demo account.
Combine with other indicators (e.g., EMAs, support/resistance) for confirmation.
Monitor liquidity traps and institutional flow for context.
Risk Management:
Always use SL/TP to limit losses.
Adjust position_size for risk tolerance (e.g., 5% of equity for conservative trading).
Avoid over-leveraging (pyramiding=3 can amplify risk).
Troubleshooting:
If no trades are executed, check signal conditions (e.g., lower herd_threshold or liquidity_sensitivity).
Ensure sufficient historical data for Nash and liquidity calculations.
If tables overlap, adjust position.top_right/bottom_right coordinates.
4. Key Differences from the Previous Indicator
Indicator vs. Strategy: The previous code was an indicator (VP + Game Theory Integrated Strategy) focused on visualization and alerts. This is a strategy with automated entries/exits and backtesting.
Volume Profile: Absent in this strategy, making it lighter but less focused on high-volume zones.
Wick Analysis: Not included here, unlike the previous indicator's heavy reliance on wick patterns.
Backtesting: This strategy includes detailed performance metrics and a backtest table, absent in the indicator.
Simpler Signals: Focuses on Game Theory signals (contrarian, momentum, Nash reversion) without the "Power/Ultra Power" hierarchy.
Risk Management: Explicit SL/TP and dynamic position sizing, not present in the indicator.
5. Conclusion
The "Game Theory Trading Strategy" is a sophisticated system leveraging herd behavior, institutional flows, liquidity traps, and Nash equilibrium to trade market inefficiencies. It’s designed for traders who understand Game Theory principles and want automated execution with robust risk management. However, it requires thorough backtesting and parameter optimization for specific markets (e.g., forex, crypto, stocks). The backtest table and visual aids make it easy to monitor performance, but always combine with other analysis tools and proper capital management.
If you need help with backtesting, adding alerts, or optimizing parameters, let me know!
PHANTOM STRIKE Z-4 [ApexLegion]Phantom Strike Z-4
STRATEGY OVERVIEW
This strategy represents an analytical framework using 6 detection systems that analyze distinct market dimensions through adaptive timeframe optimization. Each system targets specific market inefficiencies - automated parameter adjustment, market condition filtering, phantom strike pattern detection, SR exit management, order block identification, and volatility-aware risk management - with results processed through a multi-component scoring calculation that determines signal generation and position management decisions.
SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE PHILOSOPHY
Phantom Strike Z-4 operates through 12 distinct parameter groups encompassing individual settings that allow detailed customization for different trading environments. The strategy employs modular design principles where each analytical component functions independently while contributing to unified decision-making protocols. This architecture enables traders to engage with structured market analysis through intuitive configuration options while the underlying algorithms handle complex computational processes.
The framework approaches certain aspects differently from static trading approaches by implementing real-time parameter adjustment based on timeframe characteristics, market volatility conditions, news event detection, and weekend gap analysis. During low-volatility periods where traditional strategies struggle to generate meaningful returns, Z-4's adaptive systems identify micro-opportunities through formation analysis and systematic patience protocols.
🔍WHY THESE CUSTOM SYSTEMS WERE INDEPENDENTLY DEVELOPED
The strategy approaches certain aspects differently from traditional indicator combinations through systematic development of original analytical approaches:
# 1. Auto Timeframe Optimization Module (ATOM)
Problem Identification: Standard strategies use fixed parameters regardless of timeframe characteristics, leading to over-optimization on specific timeframes and reduced effectiveness when market conditions change between different time intervals. Most retail traders manually adjust parameters when switching timeframes, creating inconsistency and suboptimal results. Traditional approaches may not account for how market noise, signal frequency, and intended holding periods differ substantially between 1-minute scalping and 4-hour swing trading environments.
Custom Solution Development: The ATOM system addresses these limitations through systematic parameter matrices developed specifically for each timeframe environment. During development, analysis indicated that 1-minute charts require aggressive profit-taking approaches due to rapid price reversals, while 15-minute charts benefit from patient position holding during trend development. The system automatically detects chart timeframe through TradingView's built-in functions and applies predefined parameter configurations without user intervention.
Timeframe-Specific Adaptations:
For ultra-short timeframe trading (1-minute charts), the system recognizes that market noise dominates price action, requiring tight stop losses (1.0%) and rapid profit realization (25% at TP1, 35% at TP2, 40% at TP3). Position sizes automatically reduce to 3% of equity to accommodate the higher trading frequency while mission duration limits to 20 bars prevent extended exposure during unsuitable conditions.
Medium timeframe configurations (5-minute and 15-minute charts) balance signal quality with execution frequency. The 15-minute configuration aims to provide a favorable combination of signal characteristics and practical execution for most retail traders. Formation thresholds increase to 2.0% for both stealth and strike ready levels, requiring stronger momentum confirmation before signal activation.
Longer timeframe adaptations (1-hour and 4-hour charts) accommodate swing trading approaches where positions may develop over multiple trading sessions. Position sizing increases to 10% of equity reflecting the reduced signal frequency and higher validation requirements typical of swing trading. Take profit targets extend considerably (TP1: 2.0%, TP2: 4.0%, TP3: 8.0%) to capture larger price movements characteristic of these timeframes.
# 2. Market Condition Filtering System (MCFS)
Problem Identification: Existing volatility filters use simple ATR calculations that may not distinguish between trending volatility and chaotic noise, potentially affecting signal quality during news events, market transitions, and unusual trading sessions. Traditional volatility measurements treat all price movement equally, whether it represents genuine trend development or random market noise caused by low liquidity or algorithmic trading activities.
Custom Solution Architecture: The MCFS addresses these limitations through multi-dimensional market analysis that examines volatility characteristics, external market influences, and temporal factors affecting trading conditions. Rather than relying solely on price-based volatility measurements, the system incorporates news event detection, weekend gap analysis, and session transition monitoring to provide systematic market state assessment.
Volatility Classification and Response Framework:
• EXTREME Volatility Conditions (>2.5x average ATR): When current volatility exceeds 250% of the recent average, the system recognizes potentially chaotic market conditions that often occur during major news events, market crashes, or significant fundamental developments. During these periods, position sizing automatically reduces by 70% while exit sensitivity increases by 50%.
• HIGH Volatility Conditions (1.8-2.5x average ATR): High volatility environments often represent strong trending conditions or elevated market activity that still maintains some predictability. Position sizing reduces by 40% while maintaining standard signal generation processes.
• NORMAL Volatility Conditions (1.2-1.8x average ATR): Normal volatility represents favorable trading conditions where technical analysis may provide reliable signals and market behavior tends to follow predictable patterns. All strategy parameters operate at standard settings.
• LOW Volatility Conditions (0.8-1.2x average ATR): Low volatility environments may present opportunities for increased position sizing due to reduced risk and improved signal characteristics. Position sizing increases by 30% while profit targets extend to capture larger movements when they occur.
• DEAD Volatility Conditions (<0.8x average ATR): When volatility falls below 80% of recent averages, the system suspends trading activity to avoid choppy, directionless market conditions that may produce unfavorable risk-adjusted returns.
# 3. Phantom Strike Detection Engine (PSDE)
Problem Identification: Traditional momentum indicators may lag market reversals by 2-4 bars and can generate signals during consolidation periods. Existing oscillator combinations may lack precision in identifying high-probability momentum shifts with adequate filtering mechanisms. Most trading systems rely on single-indicator signals or simple two-indicator confirmations that may not distinguish between genuine momentum changes and temporary market fluctuations.
Multi-Indicator Convergence System: The PSDE addresses these limitations through structured multi-indicator convergence requiring simultaneous confirmation across four independent momentum systems: SuperTrend directional analysis, MACD histogram acceleration, Parabolic SAR momentum validation, and CCI buffer zone detection. This approach recognizes that each indicator provides unique market insights, and their convergence may create different trading opportunity characteristics compared to individual signals.
Enhanced vs Phantom Mode Operation:
Enhanced mode activates when at least three of the four primary indicators align with directional bias while meeting minimum validation criteria. Enhanced mode provides more frequent signals while Phantom mode offers more selective signal generation with stricter confirmation requirements.
Phantom mode requires complete alignment across all four indicators plus additional momentum validation. All Enhanced mode criteria must be met, plus additional confirmation requirements. This stricter requirement set reduces signal frequency to 5-8 monthly but aims for higher signal quality through comprehensive multi-indicator alignment and additional momentum validation.
# 4. Smart Resistance Exit Grid (SR Exit Grid)
Problem Identification: Static take-profit levels may not account for changing market conditions and momentum strength. Traditional trailing stops may exit during strong moves or during reversals, while not distinguishing between profitable and losing position characteristics.
Systematic Holding Evaluation Framework: The SR Exit Grid operates through continuous evaluation of position viability rather than predetermined price targets through a structured 4-stage priority hierarchy:
🎯 1st Priority: Standard Take Profit processing (Highest Priority)
🔄 2nd Priority: SMART EXIT (Only when TP not executed)
⛔ 3rd Priority: SL/Emergency/Timeout Exit
🛡️ 4th Priority: Smart Low Logic (Separate Safety Safeguard)
The system employs a tpExecuted flag mechanism ensuring that only one exit type activates per bar, preventing conflicting orders and maintaining execution priority. Each stage operates independently with specific trigger conditions and risk management protocols.
Fast danger scoring evaluates immediate threats including SAR distance deterioration, momentum reversals, extreme CCI readings, volatility spikes, and price action intensity. When combined scores exceed specified thresholds (8.0+ danger with <2.0 confidence), the system triggers protective exits regardless of current profitability.
# 5. Order Block Tracking System (OBTS)
Problem Identification: Standard support/resistance levels are static and may not account for institutional order flow patterns. Traditional approaches may use horizontal lines without considering market structure evolution or mathematical price relationships.
Dynamic Channel Projection Logic: The OBTS creates dynamic order block identification using pivot point analysis with parallel channel projection based on mathematical price geometry. The system identifies significant turning points through configurable swing length parameters while maintaining historical context through consecutive pivot tracking for trend analysis.
Rather than drawing static horizontal lines, the system calculates slope relationships between consecutive pivot points and projects future support/resistance levels based on mathematical progression. This approach recognizes that institutional order flow may follow geometric patterns that can be mathematically modeled and projected forward.
# 6. Volatility-Aware Risk Management (VARM)
Problem Identification: Fixed percentage risk management may not adapt optimally during varying market volatility regimes, potentially creating conservative exits in low volatility and limited protection during high volatility periods. Traditional approaches may not scale dynamically with market conditions.
Dual-Mode Adaptive Framework: The VARM provides systematic risk scaling through dual-mode architecture offering both ATR-based dynamic adjustment and fixed percentage modes. Dynamic mode automatically scales all TP/SL levels based on current market volatility while maintaining proportional risk-reward relationships. Fixed mode provides predictable percentage-based levels regardless of volatility conditions.
Emergency protection protocols operate independently from standard risk management, providing enhanced safeguards against significant moves that exceed normal volatility expectations. The emergency system cannot be disabled and triggers at wider levels than normal stops, providing final protection when standard risk management may be insufficient during extreme market events.
## Technical Formation Analysis System
The foundation of Z-4's analytical framework rests on a structured EMA system utilizing 8, 21, and 50-period exponential moving averages that create formation structure analysis. This system differs from simple crossover signals by evaluating market geometry and momentum alignment.
Formation Gap Analysis: The formation gap measurement calculates the percentage separation between Recon Scout EMA (8-period) and Technical Support EMA (21-period) to determine market state classification. When gap percentage falls below the Stealth Mode Threshold (default 1.5%), the market enters consolidation phase requiring enhanced patience. When gap exceeds Strike Ready Threshold (1.5%), conditions become favorable for momentum-based entries.
This mathematical approach to formation analysis provides structured measurement of market transition states. During stealth mode periods, the strategy reduces entry frequency while maintaining monitoring protocols. Strike ready conditions activate increased signal sensitivity and quicker entry evaluation processes.
The Command Base EMA (50-period) provides strategic context for overall market direction and trend strength measurement. Position decisions incorporate not only immediate formation geometry but also alignment with longer-term directional bias represented by Command Base positioning relative to current price action.
🎯CORE SYSTEMS TECHNICAL IMPLEMENTATION
# SuperTrend Foundation Analysis Implementation
SuperTrend calculation provides the directional foundation through volatility-adjusted bands that adapt to current market conditions rather than using fixed parameters. The system employs configurable ATR length (default 10) and multiplier (default 3.0) to create dynamic support/resistance levels that respond to both trending and ranging market environments.
Volatility-Adjusted Band Calculation:
st_atr = ta.atr(stal)
st_hl2 = (high + low) / 2
st_ub = st_hl2 + stm * st_atr
st_lb = st_hl2 - stm * st_atr
stb = close > st and ta.rising(st, 3)
The HL2 methodology (high+low)/2 aims to provide stable price reference compared to closing prices alone, reducing sensitivity to intraday price spikes that can distort traditional SuperTrend calculations. ATR multiplication creates bands that expand during volatile periods and contract during consolidation, aiming for suitable signal sensitivity across different market conditions.
Rising/Falling Trend Confirmation: The key feature involves requiring rising/falling trend confirmation over multiple periods rather than simple price-above-band validation. This requirement screens signals that occur during SuperTrend whipsaw periods common in sideways markets. SuperTrend signals with 3-period rising confirmation help reduce false signals that occur during sideways market conditions compared to simple crossover signals.
Band Distance Validation: The system measures the distance between current price and SuperTrend level as a percentage of current price, requiring minimum separation thresholds to identify meaningful momentum rather than marginal directional changes. This validation aims to reduce signal generation during periods where price oscillates closely around SuperTrend levels, indicating indecision rather than clear directional bias.
# MACD Histogram Acceleration System - Momentum Detection
MACD analysis focuses exclusively on histogram acceleration rather than traditional line crossovers, aiming to provide earlier momentum detection. This approach recognizes that histogram acceleration may precede price acceleration by 1-2 bars, potentially offering timing benefits compared to conventional MACD applications.
Acceleration-Based Signal Generation:
mf = ta.ema(close, mfl)
ms = ta.ema(close, msl)
ml = mf - ms
msg = ta.ema(ml, msgl)
mh = ml - msg
mb = mh > 0 and mh > mh and mh > mh
The requirement for positive histogram values that increase over two consecutive periods aims to identify genuine momentum expansion rather than temporary fluctuations. This filtering approach aims to reduce false signals while maintaining signal quality.
Fast/Slow EMA Optimization: The default 12/26 EMA combination aims for intended balance between responsiveness and stability for most trading timeframes. However, the system allows customization for specific market characteristics or trading styles. Shorter settings (8/21) increase sensitivity for scalping approaches, while longer settings (16/32) provide smoother signals for swing trading applications.
Signal Line Smoothing Effects: The 9-period signal line smoothing creates histogram values that screen high-frequency noise while preserving essential momentum information. This smoothing level aims to balance signal latency and accuracy across multiple market conditions.
# Parabolic SAR Validation Framework - Momentum Verification
Parabolic SAR provides momentum validation through price separation analysis and inflection detection that may precede significant trend changes. The system requires minimum separation thresholds while monitoring SAR behavior for early reversal signals.
Separation-Based Validation:
sar = ta.sar(ss, si, sm)
sarb = close > sar and (close - sar) / close > 0.005
sardp = math.abs(close - sar) / close * 100
sariu = sarm > 0 and sarm < 0 and math.abs(sarmc) > saris
The 0.5% minimum separation requirement screens marginal directional changes that may reverse within 1-3 bars. The 0.5% minimum separation requirement helps filter out marginal directional changes.
SAR Inflection Detection: SAR inflection identification examines rate-of-change over 5-period lookback periods to detect momentum direction changes before they appear in price action. Inflection sensitivity (default 1.5) determines the magnitude of momentum change required for classification. These inflection points may precede significant price reversals by 1-2 bars, potentially providing early signals for position protection or entry timing.
Strength Classification Framework: The system categorizes SAR momentum into weak/moderate/strong classifications based on distance percentage relative to strength range thresholds. Strong momentum periods (>75% of range) receive enhanced weighting in composite calculations, while weak periods (<25%) trigger additional confirmation requirements. This classification aims to distinguish between genuine momentum moves and temporary price fluctuations.
# CCI SMART Buffer Zone System - Oscillator Analysis
The CCI SMART system represents a detailed component of the PSDE, combining multiple mathematical techniques to create modified momentum detection compared to conventional CCI applications. The system employs ALMA preprocessing, TANH normalization, and dynamic buffer zone analysis for market timing.
ALMA Preprocessing Benefits: Arnaud Legoux Moving Average preprocessing aims to provide phase-neutral smoothing that reduces high-frequency noise while preserving essential momentum information. The configurable offset (0.85) and sigma (6.0) parameters create Gaussian filter characteristics that aim to maintain signal timing while reducing unwanted signals caused by random price fluctuations.
TANH Normalization Advantages: The rational TANH approximation creates bounded output (-100 to +100) that aims to prevent extreme readings from distorting analysis while maintaining sensitivity to normal market conditions. This normalization is designed to provide consistent behavior across different volatility regimes and market conditions, addressing an aspect found in traditional CCI applications.
Rational TANH Approximation Implementation:
rational_tanh(x) =>
abs_x = math.abs(x)
if abs_x >= 4.0
x >= 0 ? 1.0 : -1.0
else
x2 = x * x
numerator = x * (135135 + x2 * (17325 + x2 * (378 + x2)))
denominator = 135135 + x2 * (62370 + x2 * (3150 + x2 * 28))
numerator / denominator
cci_smart = rational_tanh(cci / 150) * 100
The rational approximation uses polynomial coefficients that provide mathematical precision equivalent to native TANH functions while maintaining computational efficiency. The 4.0 absolute value threshold creates complete saturation at extreme values, while the polynomial series delivers smooth S-curve transformation for intermediate values.
Dynamic Buffer Zone Analysis: Unlike static support/resistance levels, the CCI buffer system creates zones that adapt to current market volatility through ALMA-calculated true range measurements. Upper and lower boundaries expand during volatile periods and contract during consolidation, providing context-appropriate entry and exit levels.
CCI Buffer System Implementation:
cci = ta.cci(close, ccil)
cci_atr = ta.alma(ta.tr, al, ao, asig)
cci_bu = low - ccim * cci_atr
cci_bd = high + ccim * cci_atr
ccitu = cci > 50 and cci > cci
CCI buffer analysis creates dynamic support/resistance zones using ALMA-smoothed true range calculations rather than fixed levels. Buffer upper and lower boundaries adapt to current market volatility through ALMA calculation with configurable offset (default 0.85) and sigma (default 6.0) parameters.
The CCI trending requirements (>50 and rising) provide directional confirmation while buffer zone analysis offers price level validation. This dual-component approach identifies both momentum direction and suitable entry/exit price levels relative to current market volatility.
# Momentum Gathering and Assessment Framework
The strategy incorporates a dual-component momentum system combining RSI and MFI calculations into unified momentum assessment with configurable suppression and elevation thresholds.
Composite Momentum Calculation:
ri = ta.rsi(close, mgp)
mi = ta.mfi(close, mip)
ci = (ri + mi) / 2
us = ci < sl // Undersupported conditions
ed = ci > dl // Elevated conditions
The composite momentum score averages RSI and MFI over configurable periods (default 14) to create unified momentum measurement that incorporates both price momentum and volume-weighted momentum. This dual-factor approach provides different momentum assessment compared to single-indicator analysis.
Suppression level identification (default 35) indicates oversold conditions where counter-trend opportunities may develop. These conditions often coincide with formation analysis showing bullish progression potential, creating enhanced-validation long entry scenarios. Elevation level detection (default 65) identifies overbought conditions suitable for either short entries or long position exits depending on overall market context.
The momentum assessment operates continuously, providing real-time context for all entry and exit decisions. Rather than using fixed thresholds, the system evaluates momentum levels relative to formation geometry and volatility conditions to determine suitable response protocols.
Composite Signal Generation Architecture:
The strategy employs a systematic scoring framework that aggregates signals from independent analytical modules into unified decision matrices through mathematical validation protocols rather than simple indicator combinations.
Multi-Group Signal Analysis Structure:
The scoring architecture operates through three analytical timeframe groups, each targeting different market characteristics and response requirements:
✅Fast Group Analysis (Immediate Response): Fast group scoring evaluates immediate market conditions requiring rapid assessment and response. SAR distance analysis measures price separation from parabolic SAR as percentage of close price, with distance ratios exceeding 120% of strength range indicating momentum exhaustion (3.0 points). SAR momentum detection captures rate-of-change over 5-period lookback, with absolute momentum exceeding 2.0% indicating notable acceleration or deceleration (1.0 point).
✅Medium Group Analysis (Signal Development): Medium group scoring focuses on signal development and confirmation through momentum indicator progression. Phantom Strike detection operates in two modes: Enhanced mode requiring 4-component confirmation awards 3.0 base points, while Phantom mode requiring complete alignment plus additional criteria awards 4.0 base points.
✅Slow Group Analysis (Strategic Context): Slow group analysis provides strategic market context through trend regime classification and structural assessment. Trend classification scoring awards top points (3.5) for optimal conditions: major trend bullish with strong trend strength (>2.0% EMA spread), 2.8 points for normal strength major trends, and proportional scoring for various trend states.
Signal Integration and Quality Assessment: The integration process combines medium group tactical scoring with 30% weighting from slow group strategic assessment, recognizing that immediate signal development should receive primary emphasis while strategic context provides important validation. Fast group danger levels operate as filtering mechanisms rather than additive scoring components.
Score normalization converts raw calculations to 10-point scales through division by total possible score (19.6) and multiplication by 10. This standardization enables consistent threshold application regardless of underlying calculation complexity while maintaining proportional relationships between different signal strength levels.
Conflict Resolution and Priority Logic:
sc = math.abs(cs_les - cs_ses) < 1.5
hqls = sql and not sc and (cs_les > cs_ses * 1.15)
hqss = sqs and not sc and (cs_ses > cs_les * 1.15)
Signal conflict detection identifies situations where competing long/short signals occur simultaneously within 1.5-point differential. During conflict periods, the system requires 15% threshold margin plus absence of conflict conditions for signal activation, screening trades during uncertain market conditions.
🧠CONFIGURATION SETTINGS & USAGE GUIDE
Understanding Parameter Categories and Their Impact
The Phantom Strike Z-4 strategy organizes its numerous parameters into 12 logical groups, each controlling specific aspects of market analysis and position management. Understanding these parameter relationships enables users to customize the strategy for different trading styles, market conditions, and risk preferences without compromising the underlying analytical framework.
Parameter Group Overview and Interaction: Parameters within the strategy do not operate in isolation. Changes to formation thresholds affect signal generation frequency, which in turn impacts intended position sizing and risk management settings. Similarly, timeframe optimization automatically adjusts multiple parameter groups simultaneously, creating coordinated system behavior rather than piecemeal modifications.
Safe Modification Ranges: Each parameter includes minimum and maximum values that prevent system instability or illogical configurations. These ranges are designed to maintain strategy behavior stability and functional operation. Operating outside these ranges may result in either excessive conservatism (missed opportunities) or excessive aggression (increased risk without proportional reward).
# Tactical Formation Parameters (Group 1) - Foundation Configuration
**EMA Period Settings and Market Response**
Recon Scout EMA (Default: 8 periods): The fastest moving average in the system, providing immediate price action response and early momentum detection. This parameter influences signal sensitivity and entry timing characteristics. Values between 5-12 periods may work across most market conditions, with specific adjustment based on trading style and timeframe preferences.
-Conservative Setting (10-12 periods): Reduces signal frequency by approximately 25% while potentially improving accuracy by 8-12%. Suitable for traders preferring fewer, higher-quality signals with reduced monitoring requirements.
-Standard Setting (8 periods): Provides balanced performance with moderate signal frequency and reasonable accuracy. Represents intended configuration for most users based on backtesting across multiple market conditions.
-Aggressive Setting (5-6 periods): Increases signal frequency by 35-40% while accepting 5-8% accuracy reduction. Appropriate for active traders comfortable with increased position monitoring and faster decision-making requirements.
Technical Support EMA (Default: 21 periods): Creates medium-term trend reference and formation gap calculations that determine market state classification. This parameter establishes the baseline for consolidation detection and momentum confirmation, influencing the strategy's approach to distinguish between trending and ranging market conditions.
Command Base EMA (Default: 50 periods): Provides strategic context and long-term trend classification that influences overall market bias and position sizing decisions. This slower moving average acts as a filter for trade direction, helping support alignment with broader market trends rather than counter-trend trading against major market movements.
**Formation Threshold Configuration**
Stealth Mode Threshold (Default: 1.5%): Defines the maximum percentage gap between Recon Scout and Technical Support EMAs that indicates market consolidation. When the gap falls below this threshold, the market enters "stealth mode" requiring enhanced patience and reduced entry frequency. This parameter influences how the strategy behaves during sideways market conditions.
-Tight Threshold (0.8-1.2%): Creates more restrictive consolidation detection, reducing entry frequency during marginal trending conditions but potentially improving accuracy by avoiding low-momentum signals.
-Standard Threshold (1.5%): Provides balanced consolidation detection suitable for most market conditions and trading styles.
-Loose Threshold (2.0-3.0%): Permits trading during moderate consolidation periods, increasing opportunity capture but accepting some reduction in signal quality during transitional market phases.
-Strike Ready Threshold (Default: 1.5%): Establishes minimum EMA separation required for momentum-based entries. When the gap exceeds this threshold, conditions become favorable for signal generation and position entry. This parameter works inversely to Stealth Mode, determining when market conditions support active trading.
# Momentum System Configuration (Group 2) - Momentum Assessment
**Oscillator Period Settings**
Momentum Gathering Period (Default: 14): Controls RSI calculation length, influencing momentum detection sensitivity and signal timing. This parameter determines how quickly the momentum system responds to price momentum changes versus how stable the momentum readings remain during normal market fluctuations.
-Fast Response (7-10 periods): Aims for rapid momentum detection suitable for scalping approaches but may generate more unwanted signals during choppy market conditions.
-Standard Response (14 periods): Provides balanced momentum measurement appropriate for most trading styles and timeframes.
-Smooth Response (18-25 periods): Creates more stable momentum readings suitable for swing trading but with delayed response to momentum changes.
-Mission Indicator Period (Default: 14): Determines MFI (Money Flow Index) calculation length, incorporating volume-weighted momentum analysis alongside price-based RSI measurements. The relationship between RSI and MFI periods affects how the composite momentum score behaves during different market conditions.
**Momentum Threshold Configuration**
-Suppression Level (Default: 35): Identifies oversold conditions indicating potential bullish reversal opportunities. This threshold determines when the momentum system signals that selling pressure may be exhausted and buying interest could emerge. Lower values create more restrictive oversold identification, while higher values increase sensitivity to potential reversal conditions.
-Dominance Level (Default: 65): Establishes overbought thresholds for potential bearish reversals or long position exit consideration. The separation between Suppression and Dominance levels creates a neutral zone where momentum conditions don't strongly favor either direction.
# Phantom Strike System Configuration (Group 3) - Core Signal Generation
**System Activation and Mode Selection**
Phantom Strike System Enable (Default: True): Activates the core signal generation methodology combining SuperTrend, MACD, SAR, and CCI confirmation requirements. Disabling this system converts the strategy to basic formation analysis without advanced momentum confirmation, substantially affecting signal characteristics while increasing frequency.
Phantom Strike Mode (Default: PHANTOM): Determines signal generation strictness through different confirmation requirements. This setting fundamentally affects trading frequency, signal accuracy, and required monitoring intensity.
ENHANCED Mode: Requires 4-component confirmation with moderate validation criteria. Suitable for active trading approaches where signal frequency balances with accuracy requirements.
PHANTOM Mode: Requires complete alignment across all indicators plus additional momentum criteria. Appropriate for selective trading approaches where signal quality takes priority over frequency.
**SuperTrend Configuration**
SuperTrend ATR Length (Default: 10): Determines volatility measurement period for dynamic band calculation. This parameter affects how quickly SuperTrend bands adapt to changing market conditions and how sensitive the trend detection becomes to short-term price movements.
SuperTrend Multiplier (Default: 3.0): Controls band width relative to ATR measurements, influencing trend change sensitivity and signal frequency. This parameter determines how much price movement is required to trigger trend direction changes.
**MACD System Parameters**
MACD Fast Length (Default: 12): Establishes responsive EMA for MACD line calculation, influencing histogram acceleration detection timing and signal sensitivity.
MACD Slow Length (Default: 26): Creates baseline EMA for MACD calculations, establishing the reference for momentum measurement.
MACD Signal Length (Default: 9): Smooths MACD line to generate histogram values used for acceleration detection.
**Parabolic SAR Settings**
SAR Start (Default: 0.02): Determines initial acceleration factor affecting early SAR behavior after trend initiation.
SAR Increment (Default: 0.02): Controls acceleration factor increases as trends develop, affecting how quickly SAR approaches price during sustained moves.
SAR Maximum (Default: 0.2): Establishes upper limit for acceleration factor, preventing rapid SAR approach speed during extended trends.
**CCI Buffer System Configuration**
CCI Length (Default: 20): Determines period for CCI calculation, affecting oscillator sensitivity and signal timing.
CCI ATR Length (Default: 5): Controls period for ALMA-smoothed true range calculations used in dynamic buffer zone creation.
CCI Multiplier (Default: 1.0): Determines buffer zone width relative to ATR calculations, affecting entry requirements and signal frequency.
⭐HOW TO USE THE STRATEGY
# Step 1: Core Parameter Setup
Technical Formation Group (g1) - Foundation Settings: The Technical Formation group provides the foundational analytical framework through 7 key parameters that influence signal generation and timeframe optimization.
Auto Optimization Controls:
enable_auto_tf = input.bool(false, "🎯 Enable Auto Timeframe Optimization")
enable_market_filters = input.bool(true, "🌪️ Enable Market Condition Filters")
Auto Timeframe Optimization activation automatically detects chart timeframe and applies configured parameter matrices developed for each time interval. When enabled, the system overrides manual settings with backtested suggested values for 1M/5M/15M/1H configurations.
Market Condition Filters enable real-time parameter adjustment based on volatility classification, news event detection, and weekend gap analysis. This system provides adaptive behavior during unusual market conditions, automatically reducing position sizes during extreme volatility and increasing exit sensitivity during news events.
# Step 2: The Momentum System Configuration
Momentum Gathering Parameters (g2): The Momentum System combines RSI and MFI calculations into unified momentum assessment with configurable thresholds for market state classification.
# Step 3: Phantom Strike System Setup
Core Detection Parameters (g3): The Phantom Strike System represents the strategy's primary signal generation engine through multi-indicator convergence analysis requiring detailed configuration for intended performance.
Phantom Strike Mode selection determines signal generation strictness. Enhanced mode requires 4-component confirmation (SuperTrend + MACD + SAR + CCI) with base scoring of 3.0 points, structured for active trading with moderate confirmation requirements. Phantom mode requires complete alignment across all indicators plus additional momentum criteria with 4.0 base scoring, creating enhanced validation signals for selective trading approaches
# Step 4: SR Exit Grid Configuration
Position Management Framework (g6): The SR Exit Grid system manages position lifecycle through progressive profit-taking and adaptive holding evaluation based on market condition analysis.
esr = input.bool(true, "Enable SR Exit Grid")
ept = input.bool(true, "Enable Partial Take Profit")
ets = input.bool(true, "Enable Technical Trailing Stop")
📊MULTI-TIMEFRAME SYSTEM & ADAPTIVE FEATURES
Auto Timeframe Optimization Architecture: The Auto Timeframe Optimization system provides automated parameter adaptation that automatically configures strategy behavior based on chart timeframe characteristics with reduced need for manual adjustment.
1-Minute Ultra Scalping Configuration:
get_1M_params() =>
StrategyParams.new(
smt = 0.8, srt = 1.0, mcb = 2, mmd = 20,
smartThreshold = 0.1, consecutiveLimit = 20,
positionSize = 3.0, enableQuickEntry = true,
ptp1 = 25, ptp2 = 35, ptp3 = 40,
tm1 = 1.5, tm2 = 3.0, tm3 = 4.5, tmf = 6.0,
isl = 1.0, esl = 2.0, tsd = 0.5, dsm = 1.5)
15-Minute Swing Trading Configuration:
get_15M_params() =>
StrategyParams.new(
smt = 2.0, srt = 2.0, mcb = 8, mmd = 100,
smartThreshold = 0.3, consecutiveLimit = 12,
positionSize = 7.0, enableQuickEntry = false,
ptp1 = 15, ptp2 = 25, ptp3 = 35,
tm1 = 4.0, tm2 = 8.0, tm3 = 12.0, tmf = 18.0,
isl = 2.0, esl = 3.5, tsd = 1.2, dsm = 2.5)
Market Condition Filter Integration:
if enable_market_filters
vol_condition = get_volatility_condition()
is_news = is_news_time()
is_gap = is_weekend_gap()
step1 = adjust_for_volatility(base_params, vol_condition)
step2 = adjust_for_news(step1, is_news)
final_params = adjust_for_gap(step2, is_gap)
Market condition filters operate in conjunction with timeframe optimization to provide systematic parameter adaptation based on both temporal and market state characteristics. The system applies cascading adjustments where each filter modifies parameters before subsequent filter application.
Volatility Classification Thresholds:
- EXTREME: >2.5x average ATR (70% position reduction, 50% exit sensitivity increase)
- HIGH: 1.8-2.5x average (40% position reduction, increased monitoring)
- NORMAL: 1.2-1.8x average (standard operations)
- LOW: 0.8-1.2x average (30% position increase, extended targets)
- DEAD: <0.8x average (trading suspension)
The volatility classification system compares current 14-period ATR against a 50-period moving average to establish baseline market activity levels. This approach aims to provide stable volatility assessment compared to simple ATR readings, which can be distorted by single large price movements or temporary market disruptions.
🖥️TACTICAL HUD INTERPRETATION GUIDE
Overview of the 21-Component Real-Time Information System
The Tactical HUD Display represents the strategy's systematic information center, providing real-time analysis through 21 distinct data points organized into 6 logical categories. This system converts complex market analysis into actionable insights, enabling traders to make informed decisions based on systematic market assessment supporting informed decision-making processes.
The HUD activates through the "Show Tactical HUD" parameter and displays continuously in the top-right corner during live trading and backtesting sessions. The organized 3-column layout presents Item, Value, and Status for each component, creating efficient information density while maintaining clear readability under varying market conditions.
# Row 1: Mission Status - Advanced Position State Management
Display Format: "LONG MISSION" | "SHORT MISSION" | "STANDBY"
Color Coding: Green (Long Active) | Red (Short Active) | Gray (Standby)
Status Indicator: ✓ (Mission Active) | ○ (No Position)
"LONG MISSION" Active State Management: Long mission status indicates the strategy currently maintains a bullish position with all systematic monitoring systems engaged in active position management mode. During this important state, the system regularly evaluates holding scores through multi-component analysis, monitors TP progression across all three target levels, tracks Smart Exit criteria through fast danger and confidence assessment, and adjusts risk management parameters based on evolving position development and changing market conditions.
"SHORT MISSION" Position Management: Short mission status reflects active bearish position management with systematic monitoring systems engaged in structured defensive protocols designed for the unique characteristics of bearish market movements. The system operates in modified inverse mode compared to long positions, monitoring for systematic downward TP progression while maintaining protective exit criteria specifically calibrated for bearish position development patterns.
"STANDBY" Strategic Market Scanning Mode: Standby mode indicates no active position exposure with all systematic analytical systems operating in scanning mode, regularly evaluating evolving market conditions for qualified entry opportunities that meet the strategy's confirmation requirements.
# Row 2: Auto Timeframe | Market Filters - System Configuration
Display Format: "1M ULTRA | ON" | "5M SCALP | OFF" | "MANUAL | ON"
Color Coding: Lime (Auto Optimization Active) | Gray (Manual Configuration)
Timeframe-Specific Configuration Indicators:
• 1M ULTRA: One-minute ultra-scalping configuration configured for rapid-fire trading with accelerated profit capture (25%/35%/40% TP distribution), conservative risk management (3% position sizing, 1.0% initial stops), and increased Smart Exit sensitivity (0.1 threshold, 20-bar consecutive limit).
• 15M SWING: Fifteen-minute swing trading configuration representing the strategy's intended performance environment, featuring conservative TP distribution (15%/25%/35%), expanded position sizing (7% allocation), extended target multipliers (4.0/8.0/12.0/18.0 ATR).
• MANUAL: User-defined parameter configuration without automatic adjustment, requiring manual modification when switching timeframes but providing full customization control for experienced traders.
Market Filter Status: ON: Real-time volatility classification and market condition adjustments modifying strategy behavior through automated parameter scaling. OFF: Standard parameter operation only without dynamic market condition adjustments.
# Row 3: Signal Mode - Sensitivity Configuration Framework
Display Format: "BALANCED" | "AGGRESSIVE"
Color Coding: Aqua (Balanced Mode) | Red (Aggressive Mode)
"BALANCED" Mode Characteristics: Balanced mode utilizes structured conservative signal sensitivity requiring enhanced verification across all analytical components before allowing signal generation. This rigorous configuration requires Medium Group scoring ≥5.5 points, Slow Group confirmation ≥3.5 points, and Fast Danger levels ≤2.0 points.
"AGGRESSIVE" Mode Characteristics: Aggressive mode strategically reduces confirmation requirements to increase signal frequency while accepting moderate accuracy reduction. Threshold requirements decrease to Medium Group ≥4.5 points, Slow Group ≥2.5 points, and Fast Danger ≤1.0 points.
# Row 4: PS Mode (Phantom Strike Mode) - Core Signal Generation Engine
Display Format: "ENHANCED" | "PHANTOM" | "DISABLED"
Color Coding: Aqua (Enhanced Mode) | Lime (Phantom Mode) | Gray (Disabled)
"ENHANCED" Mode Operation: Enhanced mode operates the structured 4-component confirmation system (SuperTrend directional analysis + MACD histogram acceleration + Parabolic SAR momentum validation + CCI buffer zone confirmation) with systematically configured moderate validation criteria, awarding 3.0 base points for signal strength calculation.
"PHANTOM" Mode Operation: Phantom mode utilizes enhanced verification requirements supporting complete alignment across all analytical indicators plus additional momentum validation criteria, awarding 4.0 base points for signal strength calculation within the selective performance framework.
# Row 5: PS Confirms (Phantom Strike Confirmations) - Real-Time Signal Development Tracking
Display Format: "ST✓ MACD✓ SAR✓ CCI✓" | Individual component status display
Color Coding: White (Component Status Text) | Dynamic Count Color (Green/Yellow/Red)
Individual Component Interpretation:
• ST✓ (SuperTrend Confirmation): SuperTrend confirmation indicates established bullish directional alignment with current price positioned above calculated SuperTrend level plus rising trend validation over the required confirmation period.
• MACD✓ (Histogram Acceleration Confirmation): MACD confirmation requires positive histogram values demonstrating clear acceleration over the specified confirmation period.
• SAR✓ (Momentum Validation Confirmation): SAR confirmation requires bullish directional alignment with minimum price separation requirements to identify meaningful momentum rather than marginal directional change.
• CCI✓ (Buffer Zone Confirmation): CCI confirmation requires trending conditions above 50 midline with momentum continuation, indicating that oscillator conditions support established directional bias.
# Row 6: Mission ROI - Performance Measurement Including All Costs
Display Format: "+X.XX%" | "-X.XX%" | "0.00%"
Color Coding: Green (Positive Performance) | Red (Negative Performance) | Gray (Breakeven)
Real ROI provides position performance measurement including detailed commission cost analysis (0.15% round-trip transaction costs), representing actual profitability rather than theoretical gains that ignore trading expenses.
# Row 7: Exit Grid + Remaining Position - Progressive Target Management
Display Format: "TP3 ✓ (X% Left)" | "TP2 ✓ (X% Left)" | "TP1 ✓ (X% Left)" | "TRACKING (X% Left)" | "STANDBY (100%)"
Color Coding: Green (TP3 Achievement) | Yellow (TP2 Achievement) | Orange (TP1 Achievement) | Aqua (Active Tracking) | Gray (No Position)
• TP1 Achievement Analysis: TP1 achievement represents initial profit capture with 20% of original position closed at first target level, supporting signal quality assessment while maintaining 80% position exposure for continued profit potential.
• TP2 Achievement Analysis: TP2 achievement indicates meaningful profit realization with cumulative 50% position closure, suggesting favorable signal development while maintaining meaningful 50% exposure for potential extended profit scenarios.
• TP3 Achievement Analysis: TP3 achievement represents notable position performance with 90% cumulative closure, suggesting favorable signal development and effective market timing.
# Row 8: Entry Signal - Signal Strength Assessment and Readiness Analysis
Display Format: "LONG READY (X.X/10)" | "SHORT READY (X.X/10)" | "WAITING (X.X/10)"
Color Coding: Lime (Long Signal Ready) | Red (Short Signal Ready) | Gray (Insufficient Signal)
Signal Strength Classification:
• High Signal Strength (8.0-10.0/10): High signal strength indicates market conditions with systematic analytical alignment supporting directional bias through confirmation across all evaluation criteria. These conditions represent optimal entry scenarios with strong analytical support.
• Strong Signal Quality (6.0-7.9/10): Strong signal quality represents solid market conditions with analytical alignment supporting directional thesis through systematic confirmation protocols. These signals meet enhanced validation requirements for quality entry opportunities.
• Moderate Signal Strength (4.5-5.9/10): Moderate signal strength indicates basic market conditions meeting minimum entry requirements through systematic confirmation satisfaction.
# Row 9: Major Trend Analysis - Strategic Direction Assessment
Display Format: "X.X% STRONG BULL" | "X.X% BULL" | "X.X% BEAR" | "X.X% STRONG BEAR" | "NEUTRAL"
Color Coding: Lime (Strong Bull) | Green (Bull) | Red (Bear) | Dark Red (Strong Bear) | Gray (Neutral)
• Strong Bull Conditions (>3.0% with Bullish Structure): Strong bull classification indicates substantial upward trend strength with EMA spread exceeding 3.0% combined with favorable bullish structure alignment. These conditions represent strong momentum environments where trend persistence may show notable probability characteristics.
• Standard Bull Conditions (1.5-3.0% with Bullish Structure): Standard bull classification represents healthy upward trend conditions with moderate momentum characteristics supporting continued bullish bias through systematic structural analysis.
# Row 10: EMA Formation Analysis - Structural Assessment Framework
Display Format: "BULLISH ADVANCE" | "BEARISH RETREAT" | "NEUTRAL"
Color Coding: Lime (Strong Bullish) | Red (Strong Bearish) | Gray (Neutral/Mixed)
• BULLISH ADVANCE Formation Analysis: Bullish Advance indicates systematic positive EMA alignment with upward structural development supporting sustained directional momentum. This formation represents favorable conditions for bullish position strategies through mathematical validation of structural strength and momentum persistence characteristics.
• BEARISH RETREAT Formation Analysis: Bearish Retreat indicates systematic negative EMA alignment with downward structural development supporting continued bearish momentum through mathematical validation of structural deterioration patterns.
# Row 11: Momentum Status - Composite Momentum Oscillator Assessment
Display Format: "XX.X | STATUS" (Composite Momentum Score with Assessment)
Color Coding: White (Score Display) | Assessment-Dependent Status Color
The Momentum Status system combines Relative Strength Index (RSI) and Money Flow Index (MFI) calculations into unified momentum assessment providing both price-based and volume-weighted momentum analysis.
• SUPPRESSED Conditions (<35 Momentum Score): SUPPRESSED classification indicates oversold market conditions where selling pressure may be reaching exhaustion levels, potentially creating favorable conditions for bullish reversal opportunities.
• ELEVATED Conditions (>65 Momentum Score): ELEVATED classification indicates overbought market conditions where buying pressure may be reaching unsustainable levels, creating potential bearish reversal scenarios.
# Row 12: CCI Information Display - Momentum Direction Analysis
Display Format: "XX.X | UP" | "XX.X | DOWN"
Color Coding: Lime (Bullish Momentum Trend) | Red (Bearish Momentum Trend)
The CCI Information Display showcases the CCI SMART system incorporating Arnaud Legoux Moving Average (ALMA) preprocessing combined with rational approximation of the hyperbolic tangent (TANH) function to achieve modified signal processing compared to traditional CCI implementations.
CCI Value Interpretation:
• Extreme Bullish Territory (>80): CCI readings exceeding +80 indicate extreme bullish momentum conditions with potential overbought characteristics requiring careful evaluation for continued position holding versus profit-taking consideration.
• Strong Bullish Territory (50-80): CCI readings between +50 and +80 indicate strong bullish momentum with favorable conditions for continued bullish positioning and standard target expectations.
• Neutral Momentum Zone (-50 to +50): CCI readings within neutral territory indicate ranging momentum conditions without strong directional bias, suitable for patient signal development monitoring.
• Strong Bearish Territory (-80 to -50): CCI readings between -50 and -80 indicate strong bearish momentum creating favorable conditions for bearish positioning while suggesting caution for bullish strategies.
• Extreme Bearish Territory (<-80): CCI readings below -80 indicate extreme bearish momentum with potential oversold characteristics creating possible reversal opportunities when combined with supportive analytical factors.
# Row 13: SAR Network - Multi-Component Momentum Analysis
Display Format: "X.XX% | BULL STRONG ↗INF" | Complex Multi-Component Analysis
Color Coding: Lime (Bullish Strong) | Green (Bullish Moderate) | Red (Bearish Strong) | Orange (Bearish Moderate) | White (Inflection Priority)
SAR Distance Percentage Analysis: The distance percentage component measures price separation from SAR level as percentage of current price, providing quantification of momentum strength through mathematical price relationship analysis.
SAR Strength Classification Framework:
• STRONG Momentum Conditions (>75% of Strength Range): STRONG classification indicates significant momentum conditions with price-SAR separation exceeding 75% of calculated strength range, representing notable directional movement with sustainability characteristics.
• MODERATE Momentum Conditions (25-75% of Range): MODERATE classification represents normal momentum development with suitable directional characteristics for standard positioning strategies and normal target expectations.
• WEAK Momentum Conditions (<25% of Range): WEAK classification indicates minimal momentum with price-SAR separation below 25% of strength range, suggesting potential reversal zones or ranging conditions unsuitable for strong directional strategies.
Inflection Detection System:
• Bullish Inflection (↗INF): Bullish inflection detection identifies moments when SAR momentum transitions from declining to rising through systematic rate-of-change analysis over 5-period lookback periods. These inflection points may precede significant bullish price reversals by 1-2 bars.
• Bearish Inflection (↘INF): Bearish inflection detection captures SAR momentum transitions from rising to declining, indicating potential bearish reversal development benefiting from prompt attention for position management evaluation.
# Row 14: VWAP Context Analysis - Institutional Volume-Weighted Price Reference
Display Format: "Daily: XXXX.XX (+X.XX%)" | "N/A (Index/Futures)"
Color Coding: Lime (Above VWAP Premium) | Red (Below VWAP Discount) | Gray (Data Unavailable)
Volume-Weighted Average Price (VWAP) provides institutional-level price reference showing mathematical average price where significant volume has transacted throughout the specified period. This calculation represents fair value assessment from institutional perspective.
• Above VWAP Conditions (✓ Status - Lime Color): Price positioning above VWAP indicates current market trading at premium to volume-weighted average, suggesting buyer willingness to pay above fair value for continued position accumulation.
• Below VWAP Conditions (✗ Status - Red Color): Price positioning below VWAP indicates current market trading at discount to volume-weighted average, creating potential value opportunities for accumulation while suggesting seller pressure exceeding buyer demand at fair value levels.
# Row 15: TP SL System Configuration - Dynamic vs Static Target Management
Display Format: "DYNAMIC ATR" | "STATIC %"
Color Coding: Aqua (Dynamic ATR Mode) | Yellow (Static Percentage Mode)
• DYNAMIC ATR Mode Analysis: Dynamic ATR mode implements systematic volatility-adaptive target management where all profit targets and stop losses automatically scale based on current market volatility through ATR (Average True Range) calculations. This approach aims to keep target levels proportionate to actual market movement characteristics rather than fixed percentages that may become unsuitable during changing volatility regimes.
• STATIC % Mode Analysis: Static percentage mode implements traditional fixed percentage targets (default 1.0%/2.5%/3.8%/4.5%) regardless of current market volatility conditions, providing predictable target levels suitable for traders preferring fixed percentage objectives without volatility-based adjustments.
# Row 16: TP Sequence Progression - Systematic Achievement Tracking
Display Format: "1 ✓ 2 ✓ 3 ○" | "1 ○ 2 ○ 3 ○" | Progressive Achievement Display
Color Coding: White text with systematic achievement progression
Status Indicator: ✓ (Achievement Confirmed) | ○ (Target Not Achieved)
• Complete Achievement Sequence (1 ✓ 2 ✓ 3 ✓): Complete sequence achievement represents significant position performance with systematic profit realization across all primary target levels, indicating favorable signal quality and effective market timing.
• Partial Achievement Analysis: Partial achievement patterns provide insight into position development characteristics and market condition assessment. TP1 achievement suggests signal timing effectiveness while subsequent target achievement depends on continued momentum development.
• No Achievement Display (1 ○ 2 ○ 3 ○): No achievement indication represents early position development phase or challenging market conditions requiring patience for target realization.
# Row 17: Mission Duration Tracking - Time-Based Position Management
Display Format: "XX/XXX" (Current Bars/Maximum Duration Limit)
Color Coding: Green (<50% Duration) | Orange (50-80% Duration) | Red (>80% Duration)
• Normal Duration Periods (Green Status <50%): Normal duration indicates position development within expected timeframes based on signal characteristics and market conditions, representing healthy position progression without time pressure concerns.
• Extended Duration Periods (Orange Status 50-80%): Extended duration indicates position development requiring longer timeframes than typical expectations, warranting increased monitoring for resolution through either target achievement or protective exit consideration.
• Critical Duration Periods (Red Status >80%): Critical duration approaches maximum holding period limits, requiring immediate resolution evaluation through either target achievement acceleration, Smart Exit activation, or systematic timeout protocols.
# Row 18: Last Exit Analysis - Historical Exit Pattern Assessment
Display Format: Exit Reason with Color-Coded Classification
Color Coding: Lime (TP Exits) | Red (Critical Exits) | Yellow (Stop Losses) | Purple (Smart Low) | Orange (Timeout/Sustained)
• Profit-Taking Exits (Lime/Green): TP1/TP2/TP3/Final Target exits indicate position management with systematic profit realization suggesting signal quality and strategy performance.
• Critical/Emergency Exits (Red): Critical and Emergency exits indicate protective system activation during adverse market conditions, showing risk management through early threat detection and systematic protective response.
• Smart Low Exits (Purple): Smart Low exits represent behavioral finance safeguards activating at -3.5% ROI threshold when emotional trading patterns may develop, aiming to reduce emotional decision-making during extended negative performance periods.
# Row 19: Fast Danger Assessment - Immediate Threat Detection System
Display Format: "X.X/10" (Danger Score out of 10)
Color Coding: Green (<3.0 Safe) | Yellow (3.0-5.0 Moderate) | Red (>5.0 High Danger)
The Fast Danger Assessment system provides real-time evaluation of immediate market threats through six independent measurement systems: SAR distance deterioration, momentum reversal detection, extreme CCI readings, volatility spike analysis, price action intensity, and combined threat evaluation.
• Safe Conditions (Green <3.0): Safe danger levels indicate stable market conditions with minimal immediate threats to position viability, enabling position holding with standard monitoring protocols.
• Moderate Concern (Yellow 3.0-5.0): Moderate danger levels indicate developing threats requiring increased monitoring and preparation for potential protective action, while not immediately demanding position closure.
• High Danger (Red >5.0): High danger levels indicate significant immediate threats requiring immediate protective evaluation and potential position closure consideration regardless of current profitability.
# Row 20: Holding Confidence Evaluation - Position Viability Assessment
Display Format: "X.X/10" (Confidence Score out of 10)
Color Coding: Green (>6.0 High Confidence) | Yellow (3.0-6.0 Moderate Confidence) | Red (<3.0 Low Confidence)
Holding Confidence evaluation provides systematic assessment of position viability through analysis of trend strength maintenance, formation quality persistence, momentum sustainability, and overall market condition favorability for continued position development.
• High Confidence (Green >6.0): High confidence indicates strong position viability with supporting factors across multiple analytical dimensions, suggesting continued position holding with extended target expectations and reduced exit sensitivity.
• Moderate Confidence (Yellow 3.0-6.0): Moderate confidence indicates suitable position viability with mixed supporting factors requiring standard position management protocols and normal exit sensitivity.
• Low Confidence (Red <3.0): Low confidence indicates deteriorating position viability with weakening supporting factors across multiple analytical dimensions, requiring increased protective evaluation and potential Smart Exit activation.
# Row 21: Volatility | Market Status - Volatility Environment & Market Filter Status
Display Format: "NORMAL | NORMAL" | "HIGH | HIGH VOL" | "EXTREME | NEWS FILTER"
Color Coding: White (Information display)
Volatility Classification Component (Left Side):
- DEAD: ATR ratio <0.8x average, minimal price movement requiring careful timing
- LOW: ATR ratio 0.8-1.2x average, stable conditions enabling position increase potential
- NORMAL: ATR ratio 1.2-1.8x average, typical market behavior with standard parameters
- HIGH: ATR ratio 1.8-2.5x average, elevated movement requiring increased caution
- EXTREME: ATR ratio >2.5x average, chaotic conditions triggering enhanced protection
Market Status Component (Right Side):
- NORMAL: Standard market conditions, no special filters active
- HIGH VOL: High volatility detected, position reduction and exit sensitivity increased
- EXTREME VOL: Extreme volatility confirmed, enhanced protective protocols engaged
- NEWS FILTER: Major economic event detected, 80% position reduction active
- GAP MODE: Weekend gap identified, increased caution until normal flow resumes
Combined Status Interpretation:
- NORMAL | NORMAL: Suitable trading conditions, standard strategy operation
- HIGH | HIGH VOL: Elevated volatility confirmed by both systems, 40% position reduction
- EXTREME | EXTREME VOL: High volatility warning, 70% position reduction active
📊VISUAL SYSTEM INTEGRATION
Chart Analysis & Market Visualization
CCI SMART Buffer Zone Visualization System - Dynamic Support/Resistance Framework
Dynamic Zone Architecture: The CCI SMART buffer system represents systematic visual integration creating adaptive support and resistance zones that automatically expand and contract based on current market volatility through ALMA-smoothed true range calculations. These dynamic zones provide real-time support and resistance levels that adapt to evolving market conditions rather than static horizontal lines that quickly become obsolete.
Adaptive Color Intensity Algorithm: The buffer visualization employs color intensity algorithms where transparency and saturation automatically adjust based on CCI momentum strength and directional persistence. Stronger momentum conditions produce more opaque visual representations with increased saturation, while weaker momentum creates subtle transparency indicating reduced prominence or significance.
Color Interpretation Framework for Strategic Decision Making:
-Intense Blue/Purple (High Opacity): Strong CCI readings exceeding ±80 with notable momentum strength indicating support/resistance zones suitable for increased position management decisions
• Moderate Blue/Purple (Medium Opacity): Standard CCI readings ranging ±40-80 with normal momentum indicating support/resistance areas for standard position management protocols
• Faded Blue/Purple (High Transparency): Weak CCI readings below ±40 with minimal momentum suggesting cautious interpretation and conservative position management approaches
• Dynamic Color Transitions: Automatic real-time shifts between bullish (blue spectrum) and bearish (purple spectrum) based on CCI trend direction and momentum persistence characteristics
CCI Inflection Circle System - Momentum Reversal Identification: The inflection detection system creates distinctive visual alerts through dual-circle design combining solid cores with transparent glow effects for enhanced visibility across different chart backgrounds and timeframe configurations.
Inflection Circle Classification:
• Neon Green Circles: CCI extreme bullish inflection detected (>80 threshold) with systematic core + glow effect indicating bearish reversal warning for position management evaluation
• Hot Pink Circles: CCI extreme bearish inflection detected (<-80 threshold) with dual-layer visualization indicating bullish reversal opportunity for strategic entry consideration
• Dual-Circle Design Architecture: Solid tiny core providing location identification with large transparent glow ensuring visibility without chart obstruction across multiple timeframe analyses
SAR Visual Network - Multi-Layer Momentum Display Architecture
SAR Visualization Framework: The SAR visual system implements structured multi-layer display architecture incorporating trend lines, strength classification markers, and momentum analysis through various visual elements that automatically adapt to current momentum conditions and strength characteristics.
SAR Strength Visual Classification System:
• Bright Triangles (High Intensity): Strong SAR momentum exceeding 75% of calculated strength range, indicating significant momentum quality suitable for increased positioning considerations and extended target scenarios
• Standard Circles (Medium Intensity): Moderate SAR momentum within 25-75% strength range, representing normal momentum development appropriate for standard positioning approaches and regular target expectations
• Faded Markers (Low Intensity): Weak SAR momentum below 25% strength range, suggesting caution and conservative positioning during minimal momentum conditions with increased exit sensitivity
⚠️IMPORTANT DISCLAIMERS AND RISK WARNINGS
Past Performance Limitations: The backtesting results presented represent hypothetical performance based on historical market data and do not guarantee future results. All trading involves substantial risk of loss. This strategy is provided for informational purposes and does not constitute financial advice. No trading strategy can guarantee 100% success or eliminate the risk of loss.
Users must approach trading with appropriate caution, never risking more than they can afford to lose.
Users are responsible for their own trading decisions, risk management, and compliance with applicable regulations in their jurisdiction.
MACD Liquidity Tracker Strategy [Quant Trading]MACD Liquidity Tracker Strategy
Overview
The MACD Liquidity Tracker Strategy is an enhanced trading system that transforms the traditional MACD indicator into a comprehensive momentum-based strategy with advanced visual signals and risk management. This strategy builds upon the original MACD Liquidity Tracker System indicator by TheNeWSystemLqtyTrckr , converting it into a fully automated trading strategy with improved parameters and additional features.
What Makes This Strategy Original
This strategy significantly enhances the basic MACD approach by introducing:
Four distinct system types for different market conditions and trading styles
Advanced color-coded histogram visualization with four dynamic colors showing momentum strength and direction
Integrated trend filtering using 9 different moving average types
Comprehensive risk management with customizable stop-loss and take-profit levels
Multiple alert systems for entry signals, exits, and trend conditions
Flexible signal display options with customizable entry markers
How It Works
Core MACD Calculation
The strategy uses a fully customizable MACD configuration with traditional default parameters:
Fast MA : 12 periods (customizable, minimum 1, no maximum limit)
Slow MA : 26 periods (customizable, minimum 1, no maximum limit)
Signal Line : 9 periods (customizable, now properly implemented and used)
Cryptocurrency Optimization : The strategy's flexible parameter system allows for significant optimization across different crypto assets. Traditional MACD settings (12/26/9) often generate excessive noise and false signals in volatile crypto markets. By using slower, more smoothed parameters, traders can capture meaningful momentum shifts while filtering out market noise.
Example - DOGE Optimization (45/80/290 settings) :
• Performance : Optimized parameters yielding exceptional backtesting results with 29,800% PnL
• Why it works : DOGE's high volatility and social sentiment-driven price action benefits from heavily smoothed indicators
• Timeframes : Particularly effective on 30-minute and 4-hour charts for swing trading
• Logic : The very slow parameters filter out noise and capture only the most significant trend changes
Other Optimizable Cryptocurrencies : This parameter flexibility makes the strategy highly effective for major altcoins including SUI, SEI, LINK, Solana (SOL) , and many others. Each crypto asset can benefit from custom parameter tuning based on its unique volatility profile and trading characteristics.
Four Trading System Types
1. Normal System (Default)
Long signals : When MACD line is above the signal line
Short signals : When MACD line is below the signal line
Best for : Swing trading and capturing longer-term trends in stable markets
Logic : Traditional MACD crossover approach using the signal line
2. Fast System
Long signals : Bright Blue OR Dark Magenta (transparent) histogram colors
Short signals : Dark Blue (transparent) OR Bright Magenta histogram colors
Best for : Scalping and high-volatility markets (crypto, forex)
Logic : Leverages early momentum shifts based on histogram color changes
3. Safe System
Long signals : Only Bright Blue histogram color (strongest bullish momentum)
Short signals : All other colors (Dark Blue, Bright Magenta, Dark Magenta)
Best for : Risk-averse traders and choppy markets
Logic : Prioritizes only the strongest bullish signals while treating everything else as bearish
4. Crossover System
Long signals : MACD line crosses above signal line
Short signals : MACD line crosses below signal line
Best for : Precise timing entries with traditional MACD methodology
Logic : Pure crossover signals for more precise entry timing
Color-Coded Histogram Logic
The strategy uses four distinct colors to visualize momentum:
🔹 Bright Blue : MACD > 0 and rising (strong bullish momentum)
🔹 Dark Blue (Transparent) : MACD > 0 but falling (weakening bullish momentum)
🔹 Bright Magenta : MACD < 0 and falling (strong bearish momentum)
🔹 Dark Magenta (Transparent) : MACD < 0 but rising (weakening bearish momentum)
Trend Filter Integration
The strategy includes an advanced trend filter using 9 different moving average types:
SMA (Simple Moving Average)
EMA (Exponential Moving Average) - Default
WMA (Weighted Moving Average)
HMA (Hull Moving Average)
RMA (Running Moving Average)
LSMA (Least Squares Moving Average)
DEMA (Double Exponential Moving Average)
TEMA (Triple Exponential Moving Average)
VIDYA (Variable Index Dynamic Average)
Default Settings : 50-period EMA for trend identification
Visual Signal System
Entry Markers : Blue triangles (▲) below candles for long entries, Magenta triangles (▼) above candles for short entries
Candle Coloring : Price candles change color based on active signals (Blue = Long, Magenta = Short)
Signal Text : Optional "Long" or "Short" text inside entry triangles (toggleable)
Trend MA : Gray line plotted on main chart for trend reference
Parameter Optimization Examples
DOGE Trading Success (Optimized Parameters) :
Using 45/80/290 MACD settings with 50-period EMA trend filter has shown exceptional results on DOGE:
Performance : Backtesting results showing 29,800% PnL demonstrate the power of proper parameter optimization
Reasoning : DOGE's meme-driven volatility and social sentiment spikes create significant noise with traditional MACD settings
Solution : Very slow parameters (45/80/290) filter out social media-driven price spikes while capturing only major momentum shifts
Optimal Timeframes : 30-minute and 4-hour charts for swing trading opportunities
Result : Exceptionally clean signals with minimal false entries during DOGE's characteristic pump-and-dump cycles
Multi-Crypto Adaptability :
The same optimization principles apply to other major cryptocurrencies:
SUI : Benefits from smoothed parameters due to newer coin volatility patterns
SEI : Requires adjustment for its unique DeFi-related price movements
LINK : Oracle news events create price spikes that benefit from noise filtering
Solana (SOL) : Network congestion events and ecosystem developments need smoothed detection
General Rule : Higher volatility coins typically benefit from very slow MACD parameters (40-50 / 70-90 / 250-300 ranges)
Key Input Parameters
System Type : Choose between Fast, Normal, Safe, or Crossover (Default: Normal)
MACD Fast MA : 12 periods default (no maximum limit, consider 40-50 for crypto optimization)
MACD Slow MA : 26 periods default (no maximum limit, consider 70-90 for crypto optimization)
MACD Signal MA : 9 periods default (now properly utilized, consider 250-300 for crypto optimization)
Trend MA Type : EMA default (9 options available)
Trend MA Length : 50 periods default (no maximum limit)
Signal Display : Both, Long Only, Short Only, or None
Show Signal Text : True/False toggle for entry marker text
Trading Applications
Recommended Use Cases
Momentum Trading : Capitalize on strong directional moves using the color-coded system
Trend Following : Combine MACD signals with trend MA filter for higher probability trades
Scalping : Use "Fast" system type for quick entries in volatile markets
Swing Trading : Use "Normal" or "Safe" system types for longer-term positions
Cryptocurrency Trading : Optimize parameters for individual crypto assets (e.g., 45/80/290 for DOGE, custom settings for SUI, SEI, LINK, SOL)
Market Suitability
Volatile Markets : Forex, crypto, indices (recommend "Fast" system or smoothed parameters)
Stable Markets : Stocks, ETFs (recommend "Normal" or "Safe" system)
All Timeframes : Effective from 1-minute charts to daily charts
Crypto Optimization : Each major cryptocurrency (DOGE, SUI, SEI, LINK, SOL, etc.) can benefit from custom parameter tuning. Consider slower MACD parameters for noise reduction in volatile crypto markets
Alert System
The strategy provides comprehensive alerts for:
Entry Signals : Long and short entry triangle appearances
Exit Signals : Position exit notifications
Color Changes : Individual histogram color alerts
Trend Conditions : Price above/below trend MA alerts
Strategy Parameters
Default Settings
Initial Capital : $1,000
Position Size : 100% of equity
Commission : 0.1%
Slippage : 3 points
Date Range : January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2069
Risk Management (Optional)
Stop Loss : Disabled by default (customizable percentage-based)
Take Profit : Disabled by default (customizable percentage-based)
Short Trades : Disabled by default (can be enabled)
Important Notes and Limitations
Backtesting Considerations
Uses realistic commission (0.1%) and slippage (3 points)
Default position sizing uses 100% equity - adjust based on risk tolerance
Stop-loss and take-profit are disabled by default to show raw strategy performance
Strategy does not use lookahead bias or future data
Risk Warnings
Past performance does not guarantee future results
MACD-based strategies may produce false signals in ranging markets
Consider combining with additional confluences like support/resistance levels
Test thoroughly on demo accounts before live trading
Adjust position sizing based on your risk management requirements
Technical Limitations
Strategy does not work on non-standard chart types (Heikin Ashi, Renko, etc.)
Signals are based on close prices and may not reflect intraday price action
Multiple rapid signals in volatile conditions may result in overtrading
Credits and Attribution
This strategy is based on the original "MACD Liquidity Tracker System" indicator created by TheNeWSystemLqtyTrckr . This strategy version includes significant enhancements:
Complete strategy implementation with entry/exit logic
Addition of the "Crossover" system type
Proper implementation and utilization of the MACD signal line
Enhanced risk management features
Improved parameter flexibility with no artificial maximum limits
Additional alert systems for comprehensive trade management
The original indicator's core color logic and visual system have been preserved while expanding functionality for automated trading applications.
Vortex Sniper XVortex Sniper X – Trend-Following Strategy
🔹 Purpose
Vortex Sniper X is a trend-following strategy designed to identify strong market trends and enter trades in the direction of momentum. By combining multiple technical indicators, this strategy helps traders filter out false signals and only take trades with high confidence.
🔹 Indicator Breakdown
1️⃣ Vortex Indicator (Trend Direction & Strength)
Identifies the trend direction based on the relationship between VI+ and VI-.
Bullish Signal: VI+ crosses above VI-.
Bearish Signal: VI- crosses above VI+.
The wider the gap between VI+ and VI-, the stronger the trend’s momentum.
2️⃣ Relative Momentum Index (RMI – Momentum Confirmation)
Confirms whether price momentum supports the trend direction.
Long confirmation: RMI is rising and above the threshold.
Short confirmation: RMI is falling and below the threshold.
Filters out weak trends that lack sufficient momentum.
3️⃣ McGinley Dynamic (Trend Baseline Filter)
A dynamic moving average that adjusts to market volatility for smoother trend identification.
Long trades only if price is above the McGinley Dynamic.
Short trades only if price is below the McGinley Dynamic.
Prevents trading in choppy or sideways markets.
🔹 Strategy Logic & Trade Execution
✅ Entry Conditions
A trade is executed only when all three indicators confirm alignment:
Trend Confirmation: McGinley Dynamic defines the trend direction.
Vortex Signal: VI+ > VI- (bullish) or VI- > VI+ (bearish).
Momentum Confirmation: RMI must agree with the trend direction.
✅ Exit Conditions
Trend Reversal: If the opposite trade condition is met, the current position is closed.
Trend Weakness: If the trend weakens (detected via trend shifts), the position is exited.
🔹 Take-Profit System
The strategy follows a multi-stage profit-taking approach to secure gains:
Take Profit 1 (TP1): 50% of the position is closed at the first target.
Take Profit 2 (TP2): The remaining 50% is closed at the second target.
🔹 Risk Management (Important Notice)
🔴 This strategy does NOT include a stop-loss by default.
Trades rely on trend reversals or early exits to close positions.
Users should manually configure a stop-loss if risk management is required.
💡 Suggested risk management options:
Set a stop-loss at a recent swing high/low or an important support/resistance level.
Adjust position sizing according to personal risk tolerance.
🔹 Default Backtest Settings
To ensure realistic backtesting, the following settings are used:
Initial Capital: $1,000
Position Sizing: 10% of equity per trade
Commission: 0.05%
Slippage: 1 pip
Date Range: Can be adjusted for different market conditions
🔹 How to Use This Strategy
📌 To get the best results, follow these steps:
Apply the strategy to any TradingView chart.
Backtest before using it in live conditions.
Adjust the indicator settings as needed.
Set a manual stop-loss if required for your trading style.
Use this strategy in trending markets—avoid sideways conditions.
⚠️ Disclaimer
🚨 Trading involves risk. This strategy is for educational purposes only and should not be considered financial advice.
Past performance does not guarantee future results.
Users are responsible for managing their own risk.
Always backtest strategies before applying them in live trading.
🚀 Final Notes
Vortex Sniper X provides a structured approach to trend-following trading, ensuring:
✔ Multi-indicator confirmation for higher accuracy.
✔ Momentum-backed entries to avoid weak trends.
✔ Take-profit targets to secure gains.
✔ No repainting—historical performance aligns with live execution.
This strategy does not include a stop-loss, so users must apply their own risk management methods.
AO/AC Trading Zones Strategy [Skyrexio] Overview
AO/AC Trading Zones Strategy leverages the combination of Awesome Oscillator (AO), Acceleration/Deceleration Indicator (AC), Williams Fractals, Williams Alligator and Exponential Moving Average (EMA) to obtain the high probability long setups. Moreover, strategy uses multi trades system, adding funds to long position if it considered that current trend has likely became stronger. Combination of AO and AC is used for creating so-called trading zones to create the signals, while Alligator and Fractal are used in conjunction as an approximation of short-term trend to filter them. At the same time EMA (default EMA's period = 100) is used as high probability long-term trend filter to open long trades only if it considers current price action as an uptrend. More information in "Methodology" and "Justification of Methodology" paragraphs. The strategy opens only long trades.
Unique Features
No fixed stop-loss and take profit: Instead of fixed stop-loss level strategy utilizes technical condition obtained by Fractals and Alligator to identify when current uptrend is likely to be over. In some special cases strategy uses AO and AC combination to trail profit (more information in "Methodology" and "Justification of Methodology" paragraphs)
Configurable Trading Periods: Users can tailor the strategy to specific market windows, adapting to different market conditions.
Multilayer trades opening system: strategy uses only 10% of capital in every trade and open up to 5 trades at the same time if script consider current trend as strong one.
Short and long term trend trade filters: strategy uses EMA as high probability long-term trend filter and Alligator and Fractal combination as a short-term one.
Methodology
The strategy opens long trade when the following price met the conditions:
1. Price closed above EMA (by default, period = 100). Crossover is not obligatory.
2. Combination of Alligator and Williams Fractals shall consider current trend as an upward (all details in "Justification of Methodology" paragraph)
3. Both AC and AO shall print two consecutive increasing values. At the price candle close which corresponds to this condition algorithm opens the first long trade with 10% of capital.
4. If combination of Alligator and Williams Fractals shall consider current trend has been changed from up to downtrend, all long trades will be closed, no matter how many trades has been opened.
5. If AO and AC both continue printing the rising values strategy opens the long trade on each candle close with 10% of capital while number of opened trades reaches 5.
6. If AO and AC both has printed 5 rising values in a row algorithm close all trades if candle's low below the low of the 5-th candle with rising AO and AC values in a row.
Script also has additional visuals. If second long trade has been opened simultaneously the Alligator's teeth line is plotted with the green color. Also for every trade in a row from 2 to 5 the label "Buy More" is also plotted just below the teeth line. With every next simultaneously opened trade the green color of the space between teeth and price became less transparent.
Strategy settings
In the inputs window user can setup strategy setting:
EMA Length (by default = 100, period of EMA, used for long-term trend filtering EMA calculation).
User can choose the optimal parameters during backtesting on certain price chart.
Justification of Methodology
Let's explore the key concepts of this strategy and understand how they work together. We'll begin with the simplest: the EMA.
The Exponential Moving Average (EMA) is a type of moving average that assigns greater weight to recent price data, making it more responsive to current market changes compared to the Simple Moving Average (SMA). This tool is widely used in technical analysis to identify trends and generate buy or sell signals. The EMA is calculated as follows:
1.Calculate the Smoothing Multiplier:
Multiplier = 2 / (n + 1), Where n is the number of periods.
2. EMA Calculation
EMA = (Current Price) × Multiplier + (Previous EMA) × (1 − Multiplier)
In this strategy, the EMA acts as a long-term trend filter. For instance, long trades are considered only when the price closes above the EMA (default: 100-period). This increases the likelihood of entering trades aligned with the prevailing trend.
Next, let’s discuss the short-term trend filter, which combines the Williams Alligator and Williams Fractals. Williams Alligator
Developed by Bill Williams, the Alligator is a technical indicator that identifies trends and potential market reversals. It consists of three smoothed moving averages:
Jaw (Blue Line): The slowest of the three, based on a 13-period smoothed moving average shifted 8 bars ahead.
Teeth (Red Line): The medium-speed line, derived from an 8-period smoothed moving average shifted 5 bars forward.
Lips (Green Line): The fastest line, calculated using a 5-period smoothed moving average shifted 3 bars forward.
When the lines diverge and align in order, the "Alligator" is "awake," signaling a strong trend. When the lines overlap or intertwine, the "Alligator" is "asleep," indicating a range-bound or sideways market. This indicator helps traders determine when to enter or avoid trades.
Fractals, another tool by Bill Williams, help identify potential reversal points on a price chart. A fractal forms over at least five consecutive bars, with the middle bar showing either:
Up Fractal: Occurs when the middle bar has a higher high than the two preceding and two following bars, suggesting a potential downward reversal.
Down Fractal: Happens when the middle bar shows a lower low than the surrounding two bars, hinting at a possible upward reversal.
Traders often use fractals alongside other indicators to confirm trends or reversals, enhancing decision-making accuracy.
How do these tools work together in this strategy? Let’s consider an example of an uptrend.
When the price breaks above an up fractal, it signals a potential bullish trend. This occurs because the up fractal represents a shift in market behavior, where a temporary high was formed due to selling pressure. If the price revisits this level and breaks through, it suggests the market sentiment has turned bullish.
The breakout must occur above the Alligator’s teeth line to confirm the trend. A breakout below the teeth is considered invalid, and the downtrend might still persist. Conversely, in a downtrend, the same logic applies with down fractals.
In this strategy if the most recent up fractal breakout occurs above the Alligator's teeth and follows the last down fractal breakout below the teeth, the algorithm identifies an uptrend. Long trades can be opened during this phase if a signal aligns. If the price breaks a down fractal below the teeth line during an uptrend, the strategy assumes the uptrend has ended and closes all open long trades.
By combining the EMA as a long-term trend filter with the Alligator and fractals as short-term filters, this approach increases the likelihood of opening profitable trades while staying aligned with market dynamics.
Now let's talk about the trading zones concept and its signals. To understand this we need to briefly introduce what is AO and AC. The Awesome Oscillator (AO), developed by Bill Williams, is a momentum indicator designed to measure market momentum by contrasting recent price movements with a longer-term historical perspective. It helps traders detect potential trend reversals and assess the strength of ongoing trends.
The formula for AO is as follows:
AO = SMA5(Median Price) − SMA34(Median Price)
where:
Median Price = (High + Low) / 2
SMA5 = 5-period Simple Moving Average of the Median Price
SMA 34 = 34-period Simple Moving Average of the Median Price
The Acceleration/Deceleration (AC) Indicator, introduced by Bill Williams, measures the rate of change in market momentum. It highlights shifts in the driving force of price movements and helps traders spot early signs of trend changes. The AC Indicator is particularly useful for identifying whether the current momentum is accelerating or decelerating, which can indicate potential reversals or continuations. For AC calculation we shall use the AO calculated above is the following formula:
AC = AO − SMA5(AO) , where SMA5(AO)is the 5-period Simple Moving Average of the Awesome Oscillator
When the AC is above the zero line and rising, it suggests accelerating upward momentum.
When the AC is below the zero line and falling, it indicates accelerating downward momentum.
When the AC is below zero line and rising it suggests the decelerating the downtrend momentum. When AC is above the zero line and falling, it suggests the decelerating the uptrend momentum.
Now let's discuss the trading zones concept and how it can create the signal. Zones are created by the combination of AO and AC. We can divide three zone types:
Greed zone: when the AO and AC both are rising
Red zone: when the AO and AC both are decreasing
Gray zone: when one of AO or AC is rising, the other is falling
Gray zone is considered as uncertainty. AC and AO are moving in the opposite direction. Strategy skip such price action to decrease the chance to stuck in the losing trade during potential sideways. Red zone is also not interesting for the algorithm because both indicators consider the trend as bearish, but strategy opens only long trades. It is waiting for the green zone to increase the chance to open trade in the direction of the potential uptrend. When we have 2 candles in a row in the green zone script executes a long trade with 10% of capital.
Two green zone candles in a row is considered by algorithm as a bullish trend, but now so strong, that's the reason why trade is going to be closed when the combination of Alligator and Fractals will consider the the trend change from bullish to bearish. If id did not happens, algorithm starts to count the green zone candles in a row. When we have 5 in a row script change the trade closing condition. Such situation is considered is a high probability strong bull market and all trades will be closed if candle's low will be lower than fifth green zone candle's low. This is used to increase probability to secure the profit. If long trades are initiated, the strategy continues utilizing subsequent signals until the total number of trades reaches a maximum of 5. Each trade uses 10% of capital.
Why we use trading zones signals? If currently strategy algorithm considers the high probability of the short-term uptrend with the Alligator and Fractals combination pointed out above and the long-term trend is also suggested by the EMA filter as bullish. Rising AC and AO values in the direction of the most likely main trend signaling that we have the high probability of the fastest bullish phase on the market. The main idea is to take part in such rapid moves and add trades if this move continues its acceleration according to indicators.
Backtest Results
Operating window: Date range of backtests is 2023.01.01 - 2024.12.31. It is chosen to let the strategy to close all opened positions.
Commission and Slippage: Includes a standard Binance commission of 0.1% and accounts for possible slippage over 5 ticks.
Initial capital: 10000 USDT
Percent of capital used in every trade: 10%
Maximum Single Position Loss: -9.49%
Maximum Single Profit: +24.33%
Net Profit: +4374.70 USDT (+43.75%)
Total Trades: 278 (39.57% win rate)
Profit Factor: 2.203
Maximum Accumulated Loss: 668.16 USDT (-5.43%)
Average Profit per Trade: 15.74 USDT (+1.37%)
Average Trade Duration: 60 hours
How to Use
Add the script to favorites for easy access.
Apply to the desired timeframe and chart (optimal performance observed on 4h BTC/USDT).
Configure settings using the dropdown choice list in the built-in menu.
Set up alerts to automate strategy positions through web hook with the text: {{strategy.order.alert_message}}
Disclaimer:
Educational and informational tool reflecting Skyrex commitment to informed trading. Past performance does not guarantee future results. Test strategies in a simulated environment before live implementation
These results are obtained with realistic parameters representing trading conditions observed at major exchanges such as Binance and with realistic trading portfolio usage parameters.
Big Candle Identifier with RSI Divergence and Advanced Stops1. Strategy Objective
The main goal of this strategy is to:
Identify significant price momentum (big candles).
Enter trades at opportune moments based on market signals (candlestick patterns and RSI divergence).
Limit initial risk through a fixed stop loss.
Maximize profits by using a trailing stop that activates only after the trade moves a specified distance in the profitable direction.
2. Components of the Strategy
A. Big Candle Identification
The strategy identifies big candles as indicators of strong momentum.
A big candle is defined as:
The body (absolute difference between close and open) of the current candle (body0) is larger than the bodies of the last five candles.
The candle is:
Bullish Big Candle: If close > open.
Bearish Big Candle: If open > close.
Purpose: Big candles signal potential continuation or reversal of trends, serving as the primary entry trigger.
B. RSI Divergence
Relative Strength Index (RSI): A momentum oscillator used to detect overbought/oversold conditions and divergence.
Fast RSI: A 5-period RSI, which is more sensitive to short-term price movements.
Slow RSI: A 14-period RSI, which smoothens fluctuations over a longer timeframe.
Divergence: The difference between the fast and slow RSIs.
Positive divergence (divergence > 0): Bullish momentum.
Negative divergence (divergence < 0): Bearish momentum.
Visualization: The divergence is plotted on the chart, helping traders confirm momentum shifts.
C. Stop Loss
Initial Stop Loss:
When entering a trade, an immediate stop loss of 200 points is applied.
This stop loss ensures the maximum risk is capped at a predefined level.
Implementation:
Long Trades: Stop loss is set below the entry price at low - 200 points.
Short Trades: Stop loss is set above the entry price at high + 200 points.
Purpose:
Prevents significant losses if the price moves against the trade immediately after entry.
D. Trailing Stop
The trailing stop is a dynamic risk management tool that adjusts with price movements to lock in profits. Here’s how it works:
Activation Condition:
The trailing stop only starts trailing when the trade moves 200 ticks (profit) in the right direction:
Long Position: close - entry_price >= 200 ticks.
Short Position: entry_price - close >= 200 ticks.
Trailing Logic:
Once activated, the trailing stop:
For Long Positions: Trails behind the price by 150 ticks (trail_stop = close - 150 ticks).
For Short Positions: Trails above the price by 150 ticks (trail_stop = close + 150 ticks).
Exit Condition:
The trade exits automatically if the price touches the trailing stop level.
Purpose:
Ensures profits are locked in as the trade progresses while still allowing room for price fluctuations.
E. Trade Entry Logic
Long Entry:
Triggered when a bullish big candle is identified.
Stop loss is set at low - 200 points.
Short Entry:
Triggered when a bearish big candle is identified.
Stop loss is set at high + 200 points.
F. Trade Exit Logic
Trailing Stop: Automatically exits the trade if the price touches the trailing stop level.
Fixed Stop Loss: Exits the trade if the price hits the predefined stop loss level.
G. 21 EMA
The strategy includes a 21-period Exponential Moving Average (EMA), which acts as a trend filter.
EMA helps visualize the overall market direction:
Price above EMA: Indicates an uptrend.
Price below EMA: Indicates a downtrend.
H. Visualization
Big Candle Identification:
The open and close prices of big candles are plotted for easy reference.
Trailing Stop:
Plotted on the chart to visualize its progression during the trade.
Green Line: Indicates the trailing stop for long positions.
Red Line: Indicates the trailing stop for short positions.
RSI Divergence:
Positive divergence is shown in green.
Negative divergence is shown in red.
3. Key Parameters
trail_start_ticks: The number of ticks required before the trailing stop activates (default: 200 ticks).
trail_distance_ticks: The distance between the trailing stop and price once the trailing stop starts (default: 150 ticks).
initial_stop_loss_points: The fixed stop loss in points applied at entry (default: 200 points).
tick_size: Automatically calculates the minimum tick size for the trading instrument.
4. Workflow of the Strategy
Step 1: Entry Signal
The strategy identifies a big candle (bullish or bearish).
If conditions are met, a trade is entered with a fixed stop loss.
Step 2: Initial Risk Management
The trade starts with an initial stop loss of 200 points.
Step 3: Trailing Stop Activation
If the trade moves 200 ticks in the profitable direction:
The trailing stop is activated and follows the price at a distance of 150 ticks.
Step 4: Exit the Trade
The trade is exited if:
The price hits the trailing stop.
The price hits the initial stop loss.
5. Advantages of the Strategy
Risk Management:
The fixed stop loss ensures that losses are capped.
The trailing stop locks in profits after the trade becomes profitable.
Momentum-Based Entries:
The strategy uses big candles as entry triggers, which often indicate strong price momentum.
Divergence Confirmation:
RSI divergence helps validate momentum and avoid false signals.
Dynamic Profit Protection:
The trailing stop adjusts dynamically, allowing the trade to capture larger moves while protecting gains.
6. Ideal Market Conditions
This strategy performs best in:
Trending Markets:
Big candles and momentum signals are more effective in capturing directional moves.
High Volatility:
Larger price swings improve the probability of reaching the trailing stop activation level (200 ticks).
MultiLayer Acceleration/Deceleration Strategy [Skyrexio]Overview
MultiLayer Acceleration/Deceleration Strategy leverages the combination of Acceleration/Deceleration Indicator(AC), Williams Alligator, Williams Fractals and Exponential Moving Average (EMA) to obtain the high probability long setups. Moreover, strategy uses multi trades system, adding funds to long position if it considered that current trend has likely became stronger. Acceleration/Deceleration Indicator is used for creating signals, while Alligator and Fractal are used in conjunction as an approximation of short-term trend to filter them. At the same time EMA (default EMA's period = 100) is used as high probability long-term trend filter to open long trades only if it considers current price action as an uptrend. More information in "Methodology" and "Justification of Methodology" paragraphs. The strategy opens only long trades.
Unique Features
No fixed stop-loss and take profit: Instead of fixed stop-loss level strategy utilizes technical condition obtained by Fractals and Alligator to identify when current uptrend is likely to be over (more information in "Methodology" and "Justification of Methodology" paragraphs)
Configurable Trading Periods: Users can tailor the strategy to specific market windows, adapting to different market conditions.
Multilayer trades opening system: strategy uses only 10% of capital in every trade and open up to 5 trades at the same time if script consider current trend as strong one.
Short and long term trend trade filters: strategy uses EMA as high probability long-term trend filter and Alligator and Fractal combination as a short-term one.
Methodology
The strategy opens long trade when the following price met the conditions:
1. Price closed above EMA (by default, period = 100). Crossover is not obligatory.
2. Combination of Alligator and Williams Fractals shall consider current trend as an upward (all details in "Justification of Methodology" paragraph)
3. Acceleration/Deceleration shall create one of two types of long signals (all details in "Justification of Methodology" paragraph). Buy stop order is placed one tick above the candle's high of last created long signal.
4. If price reaches the order price, long position is opened with 10% of capital.
5. If currently we have opened position and price creates and hit the order price of another one long signal, another one long position will be added to the previous with another one 10% of capital. Strategy allows to open up to 5 long trades simultaneously.
6. If combination of Alligator and Williams Fractals shall consider current trend has been changed from up to downtrend, all long trades will be closed, no matter how many trades has been opened.
Script also has additional visuals. If second long trade has been opened simultaneously the Alligator's teeth line is plotted with the green color. Also for every trade in a row from 2 to 5 the label "Buy More" is also plotted just below the teeth line. With every next simultaneously opened trade the green color of the space between teeth and price became less transparent.
Strategy settings
In the inputs window user can setup strategy setting: EMA Length (by default = 100, period of EMA, used for long-term trend filtering EMA calculation). User can choose the optimal parameters during backtesting on certain price chart.
Justification of Methodology
Let's explore the key concepts of this strategy and understand how they work together. We'll begin with the simplest: the EMA.
The Exponential Moving Average (EMA) is a type of moving average that assigns greater weight to recent price data, making it more responsive to current market changes compared to the Simple Moving Average (SMA). This tool is widely used in technical analysis to identify trends and generate buy or sell signals. The EMA is calculated as follows:
1.Calculate the Smoothing Multiplier:
Multiplier = 2 / (n + 1), Where n is the number of periods.
2. EMA Calculation
EMA = (Current Price) × Multiplier + (Previous EMA) × (1 − Multiplier)
In this strategy, the EMA acts as a long-term trend filter. For instance, long trades are considered only when the price closes above the EMA (default: 100-period). This increases the likelihood of entering trades aligned with the prevailing trend.
Next, let’s discuss the short-term trend filter, which combines the Williams Alligator and Williams Fractals. Williams Alligator
Developed by Bill Williams, the Alligator is a technical indicator that identifies trends and potential market reversals. It consists of three smoothed moving averages:
Jaw (Blue Line): The slowest of the three, based on a 13-period smoothed moving average shifted 8 bars ahead.
Teeth (Red Line): The medium-speed line, derived from an 8-period smoothed moving average shifted 5 bars forward.
Lips (Green Line): The fastest line, calculated using a 5-period smoothed moving average shifted 3 bars forward.
When the lines diverge and align in order, the "Alligator" is "awake," signaling a strong trend. When the lines overlap or intertwine, the "Alligator" is "asleep," indicating a range-bound or sideways market. This indicator helps traders determine when to enter or avoid trades.
Fractals, another tool by Bill Williams, help identify potential reversal points on a price chart. A fractal forms over at least five consecutive bars, with the middle bar showing either:
Up Fractal: Occurs when the middle bar has a higher high than the two preceding and two following bars, suggesting a potential downward reversal.
Down Fractal: Happens when the middle bar shows a lower low than the surrounding two bars, hinting at a possible upward reversal.
Traders often use fractals alongside other indicators to confirm trends or reversals, enhancing decision-making accuracy.
How do these tools work together in this strategy? Let’s consider an example of an uptrend.
When the price breaks above an up fractal, it signals a potential bullish trend. This occurs because the up fractal represents a shift in market behavior, where a temporary high was formed due to selling pressure. If the price revisits this level and breaks through, it suggests the market sentiment has turned bullish.
The breakout must occur above the Alligator’s teeth line to confirm the trend. A breakout below the teeth is considered invalid, and the downtrend might still persist. Conversely, in a downtrend, the same logic applies with down fractals.
In this strategy if the most recent up fractal breakout occurs above the Alligator's teeth and follows the last down fractal breakout below the teeth, the algorithm identifies an uptrend. Long trades can be opened during this phase if a signal aligns. If the price breaks a down fractal below the teeth line during an uptrend, the strategy assumes the uptrend has ended and closes all open long trades.
By combining the EMA as a long-term trend filter with the Alligator and fractals as short-term filters, this approach increases the likelihood of opening profitable trades while staying aligned with market dynamics.
Now let's talk about Acceleration/Deceleration signals. AC indicator is calculated using the Awesome Oscillator, so let's first of all briefly explain what is Awesome Oscillator and how it can be calculated. The Awesome Oscillator (AO), developed by Bill Williams, is a momentum indicator designed to measure market momentum by contrasting recent price movements with a longer-term historical perspective. It helps traders detect potential trend reversals and assess the strength of ongoing trends.
The formula for AO is as follows:
AO = SMA5(Median Price) − SMA34(Median Price)
where:
Median Price = (High + Low) / 2
SMA5 = 5-period Simple Moving Average of the Median Price
SMA 34 = 34-period Simple Moving Average of the Median Price
The Acceleration/Deceleration (AC) Indicator, introduced by Bill Williams, measures the rate of change in market momentum. It highlights shifts in the driving force of price movements and helps traders spot early signs of trend changes. The AC Indicator is particularly useful for identifying whether the current momentum is accelerating or decelerating, which can indicate potential reversals or continuations. For AC calculation we shall use the AO calculated above is the following formula:
AC = AO − SMA5(AO), where SMA5(AO)is the 5-period Simple Moving Average of the Awesome Oscillator
When the AC is above the zero line and rising, it suggests accelerating upward momentum.
When the AC is below the zero line and falling, it indicates accelerating downward momentum.
When the AC is below zero line and rising it suggests the decelerating the downtrend momentum. When AC is above the zero line and falling, it suggests the decelerating the uptrend momentum.
Now we can explain which AC signal types are used in this strategy. The first type of long signal is when AC value is below zero line. In this cases we need to see three rising bars on the histogram in a row after the falling one. The second type of signals occurs above the zero line. There we need only two rising AC bars in a row after the falling one to create the signal. The signal bar is the last green bar in this sequence. The strategy places the buy stop order one tick above the candle's high, which corresponds to the signal bar on AC indicator.
After that we can have the following scenarios:
Price hit the order on the next candle in this case strategy opened long with this price.
Price doesn't hit the order price, the next candle set lower high. If current AC bar is increasing buy stop order changes by the script to the high of this new bar plus one tick. This procedure repeats until price finally hit buy order or current AC bar become decreasing. In the second case buy order cancelled and strategy wait for the next AC signal.
If long trades are initiated, the strategy continues utilizing subsequent signals until the total number of trades reaches a maximum of 5. All open trades are closed when the trend shifts to a downtrend, as determined by the combination of the Alligator and Fractals described earlier.
Why we use AC signals? If currently strategy algorithm considers the high probability of the short-term uptrend with the Alligator and Fractals combination pointed out above and the long-term trend is also suggested by the EMA filter as bullish. Rising AC bars after period of falling AC bars indicates the high probability of local pull back end and there is a high chance to open long trade in the direction of the most likely main uptrend. The numbers of rising bars are different for the different AC values (below or above zero line). This is needed because if AC below zero line the local downtrend is likely to be stronger and needs more rising bars to confirm that it has been changed than if AC is above zero.
Why strategy use only 10% per signal? Sometimes we can see the false signals which appears on sideways. Not risking that much script use only 10% per signal. If the first long trade has been open and price continue going up and our trend approximation by Alligator and Fractals is uptrend, strategy add another one 10% of capital to every next AC signal while number of active trades no more than 5. This capital allocation allows to take part in long trades when current uptrend is likely to be strong and use only 10% of capital when there is a high probability of sideways.
Backtest Results
Operating window: Date range of backtests is 2023.01.01 - 2024.11.01. It is chosen to let the strategy to close all opened positions.
Commission and Slippage: Includes a standard Binance commission of 0.1% and accounts for possible slippage over 5 ticks.
Initial capital: 10000 USDT
Percent of capital used in every trade: 10%
Maximum Single Position Loss: -5.15%
Maximum Single Profit: +24.57%
Net Profit: +2108.85 USDT (+21.09%)
Total Trades: 111 (36.94% win rate)
Profit Factor: 2.391
Maximum Accumulated Loss: 367.61 USDT (-2.97%)
Average Profit per Trade: 19.00 USDT (+1.78%)
Average Trade Duration: 75 hours
How to Use
Add the script to favorites for easy access.
Apply to the desired timeframe and chart (optimal performance observed on 3h BTC/USDT).
Configure settings using the dropdown choice list in the built-in menu.
Set up alerts to automate strategy positions through web hook with the text: {{strategy.order.alert_message}}
Disclaimer:
Educational and informational tool reflecting Skyrex commitment to informed trading. Past performance does not guarantee future results. Test strategies in a simulated environment before live implementation
These results are obtained with realistic parameters representing trading conditions observed at major exchanges such as Binance and with realistic trading portfolio usage parameters.
DSL Strategy [DailyPanda]
Overview
The DSL Strategy by DailyPanda is a trading strategy that synergistically combines the idea from indicators to create a more robust and reliable trading tool. By integrating these indicators, the strategy enhances signal accuracy and provides traders with a comprehensive view of market trends and momentum shifts. This combination allows for better entry and exit points, improved risk management, and adaptability to various market conditions.
Combining ideas from indicators adds value by:
Enhancing Signal Confirmation : The strategy requires alignment between trend and momentum before generating trade signals, reducing false entries.
Improving Accuracy : By integrating price action with momentum analysis, the strategy captures more reliable trading opportunities.
Providing Comprehensive Market Insight : The combination offers a better perspective on the market, considering both the direction (trend) and the strength (momentum) of price movements.
How the Components Work Together
1. Trend Identification with DSL Indicator
Dynamic Signal Lines : Calculates upper and lower DSL lines based on a moving average (SMA) and dynamic thresholds derived from recent highs and lows with a specified offset. These lines adapt to market conditions, providing real-time trend insights.
ATR-Based Bands : Adds bands around the DSL lines using the Average True Range (ATR) multiplied by a width factor. These bands account for market volatility and help identify potential stop-loss levels.
Trend Confirmation : The relationship between the price, DSL lines, and bands determines the current trend. For example, if the price consistently stays above the upper DSL line, it indicates a bullish trend.
2. Momentum Analysis
RSI Calculation : Computes the RSI over a specified period to measure the speed and change of price movements.
Zero-Lag EMA (ZLEMA) : Applies a ZLEMA to the RSI to minimize lag and produce a more responsive oscillator.
DSL Application on Oscillator : Implements the DSL concept on the oscillator by calculating dynamic upper and lower levels. This helps identify overbought or oversold conditions more accurately.
Signal Generation : Detects crossovers between the oscillator and its DSL lines. A crossover above the lower DSL line signals potential bullish momentum, while a crossover below the upper DSL line signals potential bearish momentum.
3. Integrated Signal Filtering
Confluence Requirement : A trade signal is generated only when both the DSL indicator and oscillator agree. For instance, a long entry requires both an uptrend confirmation from the DSL indicator and a bullish momentum signal from the oscillator.
Risk Management Integration : The strategy uses the DSL indicator's bands for setting stop-loss levels and calculates take-profit levels based on a user-defined risk-reward ratio. This ensures that every trade has a predefined risk management plan.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Originality and Value Added to the Community
Unique Synergy : While both indicators are available individually, this strategy is original in how it combines them to enhance their strengths and mitigate their weaknesses, offering a novel approach not present in existing scripts.
Enhanced Reliability : By requiring confirmation from both trend and momentum indicators, the strategy reduces false signals and increases the likelihood of successful trades.
Versatility : The customizable parameters allow traders to adapt the strategy to different instruments, timeframes, and trading styles, making it a valuable tool for a wide range of trading scenarios.
Educational Contribution : The script demonstrates an effective method of combining indicators for improved trading performance, providing insights that other traders can learn from and apply to their own strategies.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
How to Use the Strategy
Adding the Strategy to Your Chart
Apply the DSL Strategy to your desired trading instrument and timeframe on TradingView.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Configuring Parameters
DSL Indicator Settings :
Length (len) : Adjusts the sensitivity of the DSL lines (default is 34).
Offset : Determines the look-back period for threshold calculations (default is 30).
Bands Width (width) : Changes the distance of the ATR-based bands from the DSL lines (default is 1).
DSL-BELUGA Oscillator Settings :
Beluga Length (len_beluga) : Sets the period for the RSI calculation in the oscillator (default is 10).
DSL Lines Mode (dsl_mode) : Chooses between "Fast" (more responsive) and "Slow" (smoother) modes for the oscillator's DSL lines.
Risk Management :
Risk Reward (risk_reward) : Defines your desired risk-reward ratio for calculating take-profit levels (default is 1.5).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interpreting Signals
Long Entry Conditions :
Trend Confirmation : Price is above the upper DSL line and the upper DSL band (dsl_up1 > dsl_dn).
Price Behavior : The last three candles have both their opens and closes above the upper DSL line.
Momentum Signal : The DSL-BELUGA oscillator crosses above its lower DSL line (up_signal), indicating bullish momentum.
Short Entry Conditions :
Trend Confirmation : Price is below the lower DSL line and the lower DSL band (dsl_dn < dsl_up1).
Price Behavior : The last three candles have both their opens and closes below the lower DSL band.
Momentum Signal : The DSL-BELUGA oscillator crosses below its upper DSL line (dn_signal), indicating bearish momentum.
Exit Conditions :
Stop-Loss : Automatically set at the DSL indicator's band level (upper band for longs, lower band for shorts).
Take-Profit : Calculated based on the risk-reward ratio and the initial risk determined by the stop-loss distance.
Visual Aids
Signal Arrows : Upward green arrows for long entries and downward blue arrows for short entries appear on the chart when conditions are met.
Stop-Loss and Take-Profit Lines : Red and green lines display the calculated stop-loss and take-profit levels for active trades.
Background Highlighting : The chart background subtly changes color to indicate when a signal has been generated.
Backtesting and Optimization
Use TradingView's strategy tester to backtest the strategy over historical data.
Adjust parameters to optimize performance for different instruments or market conditions.
Regularly review backtesting results to ensure the strategy remains effective.
PresentTrend RMI Synergy - Strategy [presentTrading] █ Introduction and How it is Different
The "PresentTrend RMI Synergy Strategy" is the combined power of the Relative Momentum Index (RMI) and a custom presentTrend indicator. This strategy introduces a multifaceted approach, integrating momentum analysis with trend direction to offer traders a more nuanced and responsive trading mechanism.
BTCUSD 6h L/S Performance
Local
█ Strategy, How It Works: Detailed Explanation
The "PresentTrend RMI Synergy Strategy" intricately combines the Relative Momentum Index (RMI) and a custom SuperTrend indicator to create a powerful tool for traders.
🔶 Relative Momentum Index (RMI)
The RMI is a variation of the Relative Strength Index (RSI), but instead of using price closes against itself, it measures the momentum of up and down movements in price relative to previous prices over a given period. The RMI for a period length `N` is calculated as follows:
RMI = 100 - 100/ (1 + U/D)
where:
- `U` is the average upward price change over `N` periods,
- `D` is the average downward price change over `N` periods.
The RMI oscillates between 0 and 100, with higher values indicating stronger upward momentum and lower values suggesting stronger downward momentum.
RMI = 21
RMI = 42
For more information - RMI Trend Sync - Strategy :
🔶 presentTrend Indicator
The presentTrend indicator combines the Average True Range (ATR) with a moving average to determine trend direction and dynamic support or resistance levels. The presentTrend for a period length `M` and a multiplier `F` is defined as:
- Upper Band: MA + (ATR x F)
- Lower Band: MA - (ATR x F)
where:
- `MA` is the moving average of the close price over `M` periods,
- `ATR` is the Average True Range over the same period,
- `F` is the multiplier to adjust the sensitivity.
The trend direction switches when the price crosses the presentTrend bands, signaling potential entry or exit points.
presentTrend length = 3
presentTrend length = 10
For more information - PresentTrend - Strategy :
🔶 Strategy Logic
Entry Conditions:
- Long Entry: Triggered when the RMI exceeds a threshold, say 60, indicating a strong bullish momentum, and when the price is above the presentTrend, confirming an uptrend.
- Short Entry: Occurs when the RMI drops below a threshold, say 40, showing strong bearish momentum, and the price is below the present trend, indicating a downtrend.
Exit Conditions with Dynamic Trailing Stop:
- Long Exit: Initiated when the price crosses below the lower presentTrend band or when the RMI falls back towards a neutral level, suggesting a weakening of the bullish momentum.
- Short Exit: Executed when the price crosses above the upper presentTrend band or when the RMI rises towards a neutral level, indicating a reduction in bearish momentum.
Equations for Dynamic Trailing Stop:
- For Long Positions: The exit price is set at the lower SuperTrend band once the entry condition is met.
- For Short Positions: The exit price is determined by the upper SuperTrend band post-entry.
These dynamic trailing stops adjust as the market moves, providing a method to lock in profits while allowing room for the position to grow.
This strategy's strength lies in its dual analysis approach, leveraging RMI for momentum insights and presentTrend for trend direction and dynamic stops. This combination offers traders a robust framework to navigate various market conditions, aiming to capture trends early and exit positions strategically to maximize gains and minimize losses.
█ Trade Direction
The strategy provides flexibility in trade direction selection, offering "Long," "Short," or "Both" options to cater to different market conditions and trader preferences. This adaptability ensures that traders can align the strategy with their market outlook, risk tolerance, and trading goals.
█ Usage
To utilize the "PresentTrend RMI Synergy Strategy," traders should input their preferred settings in the Pine Script™ and apply the strategy to their charts. Monitoring RMI for momentum shifts and adjusting positions based on SuperTrend signals can optimize entry and exit points, enhancing potential returns while managing risk.
█ Default Settings
1. RMI Length: 21
The 21-period RMI length strikes a balance between capturing momentum and filtering out market noise, offering a medium-term outlook on market trends.
2. Super Trend Length: 7
A SuperTrend length of 7 periods is chosen for its responsiveness to price movements, providing a dynamic framework for trend identification without excessive sensitivity.
3. Super Trend Multiplier: 4.0
The multiplier of 4.0 for the SuperTrend indicator widens the trend bands, focusing on significant market moves and reducing the impact of minor fluctuations.
---
The "PresentTrend RMI Synergy Strategy" represents a significant step forward in trading strategy development, blending momentum and trend analysis in a unique way. By providing a detailed framework for understanding market dynamics, this strategy empowers traders to make more informed decisions.
Supertrend Advance Pullback StrategyHandbook for the Supertrend Advance Strategy
1. Introduction
Purpose of the Handbook:
The main purpose of this handbook is to serve as a comprehensive guide for traders and investors who are looking to explore and harness the potential of the Supertrend Advance Strategy. In the rapidly changing financial market, having the right tools and strategies at one's disposal is crucial. Whether you're a beginner hoping to dive into the world of trading or a seasoned investor aiming to optimize and diversify your portfolio, this handbook offers the insights and methodologies you need. By the end of this guide, readers should have a clear understanding of how the Supertrend Advance Strategy works, its benefits, potential pitfalls, and practical application in various trading scenarios.
Overview of the Supertrend Advance Pullback Strategy:
At its core, the Supertrend Advance Strategy is an evolution of the popular Supertrend Indicator. Designed to generate buy and sell signals in trending markets, the Supertrend Indicator has been a favorite tool for many traders around the world. The Advance Strategy, however, builds upon this foundation by introducing enhanced mechanisms, filters, and methodologies to increase precision and reduce false signals.
1. Basic Concept:
The Supertrend Advance Strategy relies on a combination of price action and volatility to determine the potential trend direction. By assessing the average true range (ATR) in conjunction with specific price points, this strategy aims to highlight the potential starting and ending points of market trends.
2. Methodology:
Unlike the traditional Supertrend Indicator, which primarily focuses on closing prices and ATR, the Advance Strategy integrates other critical market variables, such as volume, momentum oscillators, and perhaps even fundamental data, to validate its signals. This multidimensional approach ensures that the generated signals are more reliable and are less prone to market noise.
3. Benefits:
One of the main benefits of the Supertrend Advance Strategy is its ability to filter out false breakouts and minor price fluctuations, which can often lead to premature exits or entries in the market. By waiting for a confluence of factors to align, traders using this advanced strategy can increase their chances of entering or exiting trades at optimal points.
4. Practical Applications:
The Supertrend Advance Strategy can be applied across various timeframes, from intraday trading to swing trading and even long-term investment scenarios. Furthermore, its flexible nature allows it to be tailored to different asset classes, be it stocks, commodities, forex, or cryptocurrencies.
In the subsequent sections of this handbook, we will delve deeper into the intricacies of this strategy, offering step-by-step guidelines on its application, case studies, and tips for maximizing its efficacy in the volatile world of trading.
As you journey through this handbook, we encourage you to approach the Supertrend Advance Strategy with an open mind, testing and tweaking it as per your personal trading style and risk appetite. The ultimate goal is not just to provide you with a new tool but to empower you with a holistic strategy that can enhance your trading endeavors.
2. Getting Started
Navigating the financial markets can be a daunting task without the right tools. This section is dedicated to helping you set up the Supertrend Advance Strategy on one of the most popular charting platforms, TradingView. By following the steps below, you'll be able to integrate this strategy into your charts and start leveraging its insights in no time.
Setting up on TradingView:
TradingView is a web-based platform that offers a wide range of charting tools, social networking, and market data. Before you can apply the Supertrend Advance Strategy, you'll first need a TradingView account. If you haven't set one up yet, here's how:
1. Account Creation:
• Visit TradingView's official website.
• Click on the "Join for free" or "Sign up" button.
• Follow the registration process, providing the necessary details and setting up your login credentials.
2. Navigating the Dashboard:
• Once logged in, you'll be taken to your dashboard. Here, you'll see a variety of tools, including watchlists, alerts, and the main charting window.
• To begin charting, type in the name or ticker of the asset you're interested in the search bar at the top.
3. Configuring Chart Settings:
• Before integrating the Supertrend Advance Strategy, familiarize yourself with the chart settings. This can be accessed by clicking the 'gear' icon on the top right of the chart window.
• Adjust the chart type, time intervals, and other display settings to your preference.
Integrating the Strategy into a Chart:
Now that you're set up on TradingView, it's time to integrate the Supertrend Advance Strategy.
1. Accessing the Pine Script Editor:
• Located at the top-center of your screen, you'll find the "Pine Editor" tab. Click on it.
• This is where custom strategies and indicators are scripted or imported.
2. Loading the Supertrend Advance Strategy Script:
• Depending on whether you have the script or need to find it, there are two paths:
• If you have the script: Copy the Supertrend Advance Strategy script, and then paste it into the Pine Editor.
• If searching for the script: Click on the “Indicators” icon (looks like a flame) at the top of your screen, and then type “Supertrend Advance Strategy” in the search bar. If available, it will show up in the list. Simply click to add it to your chart.
3. Applying the Strategy:
• After pasting or selecting the Supertrend Advance Strategy in the Pine Editor, click on the “Add to Chart” button located at the top of the editor. This will overlay the strategy onto your main chart window.
4. Configuring Strategy Settings:
• Once the strategy is on your chart, you'll notice a small settings ('gear') icon next to its name in the top-left of the chart window. Click on this to access settings.
• Here, you can adjust various parameters of the Supertrend Advance Strategy to better fit your trading style or the specific asset you're analyzing.
5. Interpreting Signals:
• With the strategy applied, you'll now see buy/sell signals represented on your chart. Take time to familiarize yourself with how these look and behave over various timeframes and market conditions.
3. Strategy Overview
What is the Supertrend Advance Strategy?
The Supertrend Advance Strategy is a refined version of the classic Supertrend Indicator, which was developed to aid traders in spotting market trends. The strategy utilizes a combination of data points, including average true range (ATR) and price momentum, to generate buy and sell signals.
In essence, the Supertrend Advance Strategy can be visualized as a line that moves with the price. When the price is above the Supertrend line, it indicates an uptrend and suggests a potential buy position. Conversely, when the price is below the Supertrend line, it hints at a downtrend, suggesting a potential selling point.
Strategy Goals and Objectives:
1. Trend Identification: At the core of the Supertrend Advance Strategy is the goal to efficiently and consistently identify prevailing market trends. By recognizing these trends, traders can position themselves to capitalize on price movements in their favor.
2. Reducing Noise: Financial markets are often inundated with 'noise' - short-term price fluctuations that can mislead traders. The Supertrend Advance Strategy aims to filter out this noise, allowing for clearer decision-making.
3. Enhancing Risk Management: With clear buy and sell signals, traders can set more precise stop-loss and take-profit points. This leads to better risk management and potentially improved profitability.
4. Versatility: While primarily used for trend identification, the strategy can be integrated with other technical tools and indicators to create a comprehensive trading system.
Type of Assets/Markets to Apply the Strategy:
1. Equities: The Supertrend Advance Strategy is highly popular among stock traders. Its ability to capture long-term trends makes it particularly useful for those trading individual stocks or equity indices.
2. Forex: Given the 24-hour nature of the Forex market and its propensity for trends, the Supertrend Advance Strategy is a valuable tool for currency traders.
3. Commodities: Whether it's gold, oil, or agricultural products, commodities often move in extended trends. The strategy can help in identifying and capitalizing on these movements.
4. Cryptocurrencies: The volatile nature of cryptocurrencies means they can have pronounced trends. The Supertrend Advance Strategy can aid crypto traders in navigating these often tumultuous waters.
5. Futures & Options: Traders and investors in derivative markets can utilize the strategy to make more informed decisions about contract entries and exits.
It's important to note that while the Supertrend Advance Strategy can be applied across various assets and markets, its effectiveness might vary based on market conditions, timeframe, and the specific characteristics of the asset in question. As always, it's recommended to use the strategy in conjunction with other analytical tools and to backtest its effectiveness in specific scenarios before committing to trades.
4. Input Settings
Understanding and correctly configuring input settings is crucial for optimizing the Supertrend Advance Strategy for any specific market or asset. These settings, when tweaked correctly, can drastically impact the strategy's performance.
Grouping Inputs:
Before diving into individual input settings, it's important to group similar inputs. Grouping can simplify the user interface, making it easier to adjust settings related to a specific function or indicator.
Strategy Choice:
This input allows traders to select from various strategies that incorporate the Supertrend indicator. Options might include "Supertrend with RSI," "Supertrend with MACD," etc. By choosing a strategy, the associated input settings for that strategy become available.
Supertrend Settings:
1. Multiplier: Typically, a default value of 3 is used. This multiplier is used in the ATR calculation. Increasing it makes the Supertrend line further from prices, while decreasing it brings the line closer.
2. Period: The number of bars used in the ATR calculation. A common default is 7.
EMA Settings (Exponential Moving Average):
1. Period: Defines the number of previous bars used to calculate the EMA. Common periods are 9, 21, 50, and 200.
2. Source: Allows traders to choose which price (Open, Close, High, Low) to use in the EMA calculation.
RSI Settings (Relative Strength Index):
1. Length: Determines how many periods are used for RSI calculation. The standard setting is 14.
2. Overbought Level: The threshold at which the asset is considered overbought, typically set at 70.
3. Oversold Level: The threshold at which the asset is considered oversold, often at 30.
MACD Settings (Moving Average Convergence Divergence):
1. Short Period: The shorter EMA, usually set to 12.
2. Long Period: The longer EMA, commonly set to 26.
3. Signal Period: Defines the EMA of the MACD line, typically set at 9.
CCI Settings (Commodity Channel Index):
1. Period: The number of bars used in the CCI calculation, often set to 20.
2. Overbought Level: Typically set at +100, denoting overbought conditions.
3. Oversold Level: Usually set at -100, indicating oversold conditions.
SL/TP Settings (Stop Loss/Take Profit):
1. SL Multiplier: Defines the multiplier for the average true range (ATR) to set the stop loss.
2. TP Multiplier: Defines the multiplier for the average true range (ATR) to set the take profit.
Filtering Conditions:
This section allows traders to set conditions to filter out certain signals. For example, one might only want to take buy signals when the RSI is below 30, ensuring they buy during oversold conditions.
Trade Direction and Backtest Period:
1. Trade Direction: Allows traders to specify whether they want to take long trades, short trades, or both.
2. Backtest Period: Specifies the time range for backtesting the strategy. Traders can choose from options like 'Last 6 months,' 'Last 1 year,' etc.
It's essential to remember that while default settings are provided for many of these tools, optimal settings can vary based on the market, timeframe, and trading style. Always backtest new settings on historical data to gauge their potential efficacy.
5. Understanding Strategy Conditions
Developing an understanding of the conditions set within a trading strategy is essential for traders to maximize its potential. Here, we delve deep into the logic behind these conditions, using the Supertrend Advance Strategy as our focal point.
Basic Logic Behind Conditions:
Every strategy is built around a set of conditions that provide buy or sell signals. The conditions are based on mathematical or statistical methods and are rooted in the study of historical price data. The fundamental idea is to recognize patterns or behaviors that have been profitable in the past and might be profitable in the future.
Buy and Sell Conditions:
1. Buy Conditions: Usually formulated around bullish signals or indicators suggesting upward price momentum.
2. Sell Conditions: Centered on bearish signals or indicators indicating downward price momentum.
Simple Strategy:
The simple strategy could involve using just the Supertrend indicator. Here:
• Buy: When price closes above the Supertrend line.
• Sell: When price closes below the Supertrend line.
Pullback Strategy:
This strategy capitalizes on price retracements:
• Buy: When the price retraces to the Supertrend line after a bullish signal and is supported by another bullish indicator.
• Sell: When the price retraces to the Supertrend line after a bearish signal and is confirmed by another bearish indicator.
Indicators Used:
EMA (Exponential Moving Average):
• Logic: EMA gives more weight to recent prices, making it more responsive to current price movements. A shorter-period EMA crossing above a longer-period EMA can be a bullish sign, while the opposite is bearish.
RSI (Relative Strength Index):
• Logic: RSI measures the magnitude of recent price changes to analyze overbought or oversold conditions. Values above 70 are typically considered overbought, and values below 30 are considered oversold.
MACD (Moving Average Convergence Divergence):
• Logic: MACD assesses the relationship between two EMAs of a security’s price. The MACD line crossing above the signal line can be a bullish signal, while crossing below can be bearish.
CCI (Commodity Channel Index):
• Logic: CCI compares a security's average price change with its average price variation. A CCI value above +100 may mean the price is overbought, while below -100 might signify an oversold condition.
And others...
As the strategy expands or contracts, more indicators might be added or removed. The crucial point is to understand the core logic behind each, ensuring they align with the strategy's objectives.
Logic Behind Each Indicator:
1. EMA: Emphasizes recent price movements; provides dynamic support and resistance levels.
2. RSI: Indicates overbought and oversold conditions based on recent price changes.
3. MACD: Showcases momentum and direction of a trend by comparing two EMAs.
4. CCI: Measures the difference between a security's price change and its average price change.
Understanding strategy conditions is not just about knowing when to buy or sell but also about comprehending the underlying market dynamics that those conditions represent. As you familiarize yourself with each condition and indicator, you'll be better prepared to adapt and evolve with the ever-changing financial markets.
6. Trade Execution and Management
Trade execution and management are crucial aspects of any trading strategy. Efficient execution can significantly impact profitability, while effective management can preserve capital during adverse market conditions. In this section, we'll explore the nuances of position entry, exit strategies, and various Stop Loss (SL) and Take Profit (TP) methodologies within the Supertrend Advance Strategy.
Position Entry:
Effective trade entry revolves around:
1. Timing: Enter at a point where the risk-reward ratio is favorable. This often corresponds to confirmatory signals from multiple indicators.
2. Volume Analysis: Ensure there's adequate volume to support the movement. Volume can validate the strength of a signal.
3. Confirmation: Use multiple indicators or chart patterns to confirm the entry point. For instance, a buy signal from the Supertrend indicator can be confirmed with a bullish MACD crossover.
Position Exit Strategies:
A successful exit strategy will lock in profits and minimize losses. Here are some strategies:
1. Fixed Time Exit: Exiting after a predetermined period.
2. Percentage-based Profit Target: Exiting after a certain percentage gain.
3. Indicator-based Exit: Exiting when an indicator gives an opposing signal.
Percentage-based SL/TP:
• Stop Loss (SL): Set a fixed percentage below the entry price to limit potential losses.
• Example: A 2% SL on an entry at $100 would trigger a sell at $98.
• Take Profit (TP): Set a fixed percentage above the entry price to lock in gains.
• Example: A 5% TP on an entry at $100 would trigger a sell at $105.
Supertrend-based SL/TP:
• Stop Loss (SL): Position the SL at the Supertrend line. If the price breaches this line, it could indicate a trend reversal.
• Take Profit (TP): One could set the TP at a point where the Supertrend line flattens or turns, indicating a possible slowdown in momentum.
Swing high/low-based SL/TP:
• Stop Loss (SL): For a long position, set the SL just below the recent swing low. For a short position, set it just above the recent swing high.
• Take Profit (TP): For a long position, set the TP near a recent swing high or resistance. For a short position, near a swing low or support.
And other methods...
1. Trailing Stop Loss: This dynamic SL adjusts with the price movement, locking in profits as the trade moves in your favor.
2. Multiple Take Profits: Divide the position into segments and set multiple TP levels, securing profits in stages.
3. Opposite Signal Exit: Exit when another reliable indicator gives an opposite signal.
Trade execution and management are as much an art as they are a science. They require a blend of analytical skill, discipline, and intuition. Regularly reviewing and refining your strategies, especially in light of changing market conditions, is crucial to maintaining consistent trading performance.
7. Visual Representations
Visual tools are essential for traders, as they simplify complex data into an easily interpretable format. Properly analyzing and understanding the plots on a chart can provide actionable insights and a more intuitive grasp of market conditions. In this section, we’ll delve into various visual representations used in the Supertrend Advance Strategy and their significance.
Understanding Plots on the Chart:
Charts are the primary visual aids for traders. The arrangement of data points, lines, and colors on them tell a story about the market's past, present, and potential future moves.
1. Data Points: These represent individual price actions over a specific timeframe. For instance, a daily chart will have data points showing the opening, closing, high, and low prices for each day.
2. Colors: Used to indicate the nature of price movement. Commonly, green is used for bullish (upward) moves and red for bearish (downward) moves.
Trend Lines:
Trend lines are straight lines drawn on a chart that connect a series of price points. Their significance:
1. Uptrend Line: Drawn along the lows, representing support. A break below might indicate a trend reversal.
2. Downtrend Line: Drawn along the highs, indicating resistance. A break above might suggest the start of a bullish trend.
Filled Areas:
These represent a range between two values on a chart, usually shaded or colored. For instance:
1. Bollinger Bands: The area between the upper and lower band is filled, giving a visual representation of volatility.
2. Volume Profile: Can show a filled area representing the amount of trading activity at different price levels.
Stop Loss and Take Profit Lines:
These are horizontal lines representing pre-determined exit points for trades.
1. Stop Loss Line: Indicates the level at which a trade will be automatically closed to limit losses. Positioned according to the trader's risk tolerance.
2. Take Profit Line: Denotes the target level to lock in profits. Set according to potential resistance (for long trades) or support (for short trades) or other technical factors.
Trailing Stop Lines:
A trailing stop is a dynamic form of stop loss that moves with the price. On a chart:
1. For Long Trades: Starts below the entry price and moves up with the price but remains static if the price falls, ensuring profits are locked in.
2. For Short Trades: Starts above the entry price and moves down with the price but remains static if the price rises.
Visual representations offer traders a clear, organized view of market dynamics. Familiarity with these tools ensures that traders can quickly and accurately interpret chart data, leading to more informed decision-making. Always ensure that the visual aids used resonate with your trading style and strategy for the best results.
8. Backtesting
Backtesting is a fundamental process in strategy development, enabling traders to evaluate the efficacy of their strategy using historical data. It provides a snapshot of how the strategy would have performed in past market conditions, offering insights into its potential strengths and vulnerabilities. In this section, we'll explore the intricacies of setting up and analyzing backtest results and the caveats one must be aware of.
Setting Up Backtest Period:
1. Duration: Determine the timeframe for the backtest. It should be long enough to capture various market conditions (bullish, bearish, sideways). For instance, if you're testing a daily strategy, consider a period of several years.
2. Data Quality: Ensure the data source is reliable, offering high-resolution and clean data. This is vital to get accurate backtest results.
3. Segmentation: Instead of a continuous period, sometimes it's helpful to backtest over distinct market phases, like a particular bear or bull market, to see how the strategy holds up in different environments.
Analyzing Backtest Results:
1. Performance Metrics: Examine metrics like the total return, annualized return, maximum drawdown, Sharpe ratio, and others to gauge the strategy's efficiency.
2. Win Rate: It's the ratio of winning trades to total trades. A high win rate doesn't always signify a good strategy; it should be evaluated in conjunction with other metrics.
3. Risk/Reward: Understand the average profit versus the average loss per trade. A strategy might have a low win rate but still be profitable if the average gain far exceeds the average loss.
4. Drawdown Analysis: Review the periods of losses the strategy could incur and how long it takes, on average, to recover.
9. Tips and Best Practices
Successful trading requires more than just knowing how a strategy works. It necessitates an understanding of when to apply it, how to adjust it to varying market conditions, and the wisdom to recognize and avoid common pitfalls. This section offers insightful tips and best practices to enhance the application of the Supertrend Advance Strategy.
When to Use the Strategy:
1. Market Conditions: Ideally, employ the Supertrend Advance Strategy during trending market conditions. This strategy thrives when there are clear upward or downward trends. It might be less effective during consolidative or sideways markets.
2. News Events: Be cautious around significant news events, as they can cause extreme volatility. It might be wise to avoid trading immediately before and after high-impact news.
3. Liquidity: Ensure you are trading in assets/markets with sufficient liquidity. High liquidity ensures that the price movements are more reflective of genuine market sentiment and not due to thin volume.
Adjusting Settings for Different Markets/Timeframes:
1. Markets: Each market (stocks, forex, commodities) has its own characteristics. It's essential to adjust the strategy's parameters to align with the market's volatility and liquidity.
2. Timeframes: Shorter timeframes (like 1-minute or 5-minute charts) tend to have more noise. You might need to adjust the settings to filter out false signals. Conversely, for longer timeframes (like daily or weekly charts), you might need to be more responsive to genuine trend changes.
3. Customization: Regularly review and tweak the strategy's settings. Periodic adjustments can ensure the strategy remains optimized for the current market conditions.
10. Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)
Given the complexities and nuances of the Supertrend Advance Strategy, it's only natural for traders, both new and seasoned, to have questions. This section addresses some of the most commonly asked questions regarding the strategy.
1. What exactly is the Supertrend Advance Strategy?
The Supertrend Advance Strategy is an evolved version of the traditional Supertrend indicator. It's designed to provide clearer buy and sell signals by incorporating additional indicators like EMA, RSI, MACD, CCI, etc. The strategy aims to capitalize on market trends while minimizing false signals.
2. Can I use the Supertrend Advance Strategy for all asset types?
Yes, the strategy can be applied to various asset types like stocks, forex, commodities, and cryptocurrencies. However, it's crucial to adjust the settings accordingly to suit the specific characteristics and volatility of each asset type.
3. Is this strategy suitable for day trading?
Absolutely! The Supertrend Advance Strategy can be adjusted to suit various timeframes, making it versatile for both day trading and long-term trading. Remember to fine-tune the settings to align with the timeframe you're trading on.
4. How do I deal with false signals?
No strategy is immune to false signals. However, by combining the Supertrend with other indicators and adhering to strict risk management protocols, you can minimize the impact of false signals. Always use stop-loss orders and consider filtering trades with additional confirmation signals.
5. Do I need any prior trading experience to use this strategy?
While the Supertrend Advance Strategy is designed to be user-friendly, having a foundational understanding of trading and market analysis can greatly enhance your ability to employ the strategy effectively. If you're a beginner, consider pairing the strategy with further education and practice on demo accounts.
6. How often should I review and adjust the strategy settings?
There's no one-size-fits-all answer. Some traders adjust settings weekly, while others might do it monthly. The key is to remain responsive to changing market conditions. Regular backtesting can give insights into potential required adjustments.
7. Can the Supertrend Advance Strategy be automated?
Yes, many traders use algorithmic trading platforms to automate their strategies, including the Supertrend Advance Strategy. However, always monitor automated systems regularly to ensure they're operating as intended.
8. Are there any markets or conditions where the strategy shouldn't be used?
The strategy might generate more false signals in markets that are consolidative or range-bound. During significant news events or times of unexpected high volatility, it's advisable to tread with caution or stay out of the market.
9. How important is backtesting with this strategy?
Backtesting is crucial as it allows traders to understand how the strategy would have performed in the past, offering insights into potential profitability and areas of improvement. Always backtest any new setting or tweak before applying it to live trades.
10. What if the strategy isn't working for me?
No strategy guarantees consistent profits. If it's not working for you, consider reviewing your settings, seeking expert advice, or complementing the Supertrend Advance Strategy with other analysis methods. Remember, continuous learning and adaptation are the keys to trading success.
Other comments
Value of combining several indicators in this script and how they work together
Diversification of Signals: Just as diversifying an investment portfolio can reduce risk, using multiple indicators can offer varied perspectives on potential price movements. Each indicator can capture a different facet of the market, ensuring that traders are not overly reliant on a single data point.
Confirmation & Reduced False Signals: A common challenge with many indicators is the potential for false signals. By requiring confirmation from multiple indicators before acting, the chances of acting on a false signal can be significantly reduced.
Flexibility Across Market Conditions: Different indicators might perform better under different market conditions. For example, while moving averages might excel in trending markets, oscillators like RSI might be more useful during sideways or range-bound conditions. A mashup strategy can potentially adapt better to varying market scenarios.
Comprehensive Analysis: With multiple indicators, traders can gauge trend strength, momentum, volatility, and potential market reversals all at once, providing a holistic view of the market.
How do the different indicators in the Supertrend Advance Strategy work together?
Supertrend: This is primarily a trend-following indicator. It provides traders with buy and sell signals based on the volatility of the price. When combined with other indicators, it can filter out noise and give more weight to strong, confirmed trends.
EMA (Exponential Moving Average): EMA gives more weight to recent price data. It can be used to identify the direction and strength of a trend. When the price is above the EMA, it's generally considered bullish, and vice versa.
RSI (Relative Strength Index): An oscillator that measures the magnitude of recent price changes to evaluate overbought or oversold conditions. By cross-referencing with other indicators like EMA or MACD, traders can spot potential reversals or confirmations of a trend.
MACD (Moving Average Convergence Divergence): This indicator identifies changes in the strength, direction, momentum, and duration of a trend in a stock's price. When the MACD line crosses above the signal line, it can be a bullish sign, and when it crosses below, it can be bearish. Pairing MACD with Supertrend can provide dual confirmation of a trend.
CCI (Commodity Channel Index): Initially developed for commodities, CCI can indicate overbought or oversold conditions. It can be used in conjunction with other indicators to determine entry and exit points.
In essence, the synergy of these indicators provides a balanced, comprehensive approach to trading. Each indicator offers its unique lens into market conditions, and when they align, it can be a powerful indication of a trading opportunity. This combination not only reduces the potential drawbacks of each individual indicator but leverages their strengths, aiming for more consistent and informed trading decisions.
Backtesting and Default Settings
• This indicator has been optimized to be applied for 1 hour-charts. However, the underlying principles of this strategy are supply and demand in the financial markets and the strategy can be applied to all timeframes. Daytraders can use the 1min- or 5min charts, swing-traders can use the daily charts.
• This strategy has been designed to identify the most promising, highest probability entries and trades for each stock or other financial security.
• The combination of the qualifiers results in a highly selective strategy which only considers the most promising swing-trading entries. As a result, you will normally only find a low number of trades for each stock or other financial security per year in case you apply this strategy for the daily charts. Shorter timeframes will result in a higher number of trades / year.
• Consequently, traders need to apply this strategy for a full watchlist rather than just one financial security.
• Default properties: RSI on (length 14, RSI buy level 50, sell level 50), EMA, RSI, MACD on, type of strategy pullback, SL/TP type: ATR (length 10, factor 3), trade direction both, quantity 5, take profit swing hl 5.1, highest / lowest lookback 2, enable ATR trail (ATR length 10, SL ATR multiplier 1.4, TP multiplier 2.1, lookback = 4, trade direction = both).
Dankland Playground Moneymaker - V2“version 2” of my playground bot script. Its essentially a powerhouse suite of strategies. Although it is similar to the previous script, it nets different results as sections have been changed. Such as the somewhat reluctant removal of the Chande Momentum... The RSIs have also been updated, this was one of the main changes. RSIS now include a Moving Average cross of RSI to generate signals above and below the given thresholds instead of simply on crossing a threshold. This should give greater functionality overall. Most functions including Moving Averages have been updated to include a wider range of kinds of moving averages. This includes not just the moving average cross, but MACD and RSIs as well. I tried to perform the same upgrade on the %B, Stochastics and SMI, but hit the unpacked code limit of 60,000 lines... So, more “versions” will have to come for future “upgrades”, with the recognition that there will be cases where the old, “downgraded” versions may perform better and that some people (like myself) may continue to use them on some markets until I/we devise superior settings on the new ones for said markets. For instance, instead of replacing my 1 hr BTCUSD bot (where I used the now deleted Chande to pretty pleasing affect...) I made a new one for LINKUSD 10 min so I can have both running for now and work on replacing the BTCUSD later.
How it works basically is this... you have 16 oscillators which can all be used as independently as you wish. They can be split up into different groups or ran all together.
When in separate groups they should not be able to sell eachothers positions without triggering a full stop loss by turning the Independence/Stop All switches on. Every single oscillator has its own entry and exit position sizing which can be stated as either a percent of balance or a flat amount of contracts (or both combined). Each oscillator has a minimum amount of profit you can tell it to sell it, which is calculated from the average cost of your current position, which does include all groups. This works out to help you average out better entry and exit prices, essentially a method of DCAing.
You can set the minimum sale amount, which is to keep it from placing orders below your exchanges minimum dollar trade cost.
All this functionality combined also ensures more accurate back tests by ensuring that the script simply cannot spend money it doesn't see as in the balance, whereas other scripts will use a percentage of equity, and once 100% of your equity is in BTC for instance, it will keep buying more BTC for free and thus spoof up backtest numbers. If you look through the strategies here, many people claim to have amazing scripts and then you look into it and this is happening and skewing their numbers. These people are either very ignorant or what they made or scam artists and trolls in my opinion.
This version also includes On Bar Close switches for each oscillator. When switched on, signals are only allowed to generate on Bar Close. This helps to prevent retriggering from live signals, which when you are running this many oscillators, will become a problem! However, in most cases, you do not need to generate signals intrabar, as backtests will show, ignoring intrabar buys and sells (intrabar stop losses can still be very important though!) won't exactly keep you from high profitability strategies, but rather, allowing elements of chaos from live indicators moving up and down intrabar will, in fact, drift your actual results further and further from the backtest. You want an accurate backtest though. So choose wisely when you turn these off and you will do better.
The included oscillators are as follows:
NO MORE Chande Momentum cross – REMOVED – I was hitting PINE code limits here so I had to make choices and this one simply had to go. Begone!
Moving Average Cross
MACD cross
%B Bollinger cross
Stochastic cross + region filter
Stochastic RSI cross + region filter
SMII cross and region filter
Three RMIs
Know-Sure-Thing line-cross
Coppock Curve line-cross
TRIX line-cross
RSI of MA w/ MA cross
RSI of MA of KST w/ MA cross
RSI of MA of Coppock Curve w/ MA cross
RSI of MA of Trix w/ MA cross
So the idea is that this is essentially multiple strategies combined into one backtestable house. Balance is calculated for all position sizes in order to try to prevent false entries that plague so many scripts (IE, you set pyramiding to 2, each buy $1000, initial balance $1000, and yet it buys two orders off the bat for $2000 total and nets 400% profit because the second was considered free, happens on 90+% of scripts on Tradingview if you aren't very very careful!)
You tune each indicator and position size them so that they work together as well as you can and in doing so you are able to create a single backtest that is capable of running a bot, essentially, between multiple strategies - you can run a slower Moving Average cross, a faster SMI cross or MACD , or Bollinger that grabs big moves only, all the while having MACD trade small bonuses along the way. This way you can weight the Risk to Reward of each against eachother.
I will not try to claim this is something you can open and with no work have the best bot on the planet. This scripts intention is to take a lot of relatively common trading strategies and combine them under on roof with some risk management and the ability to weigh each against eachother.
If you are looking for a super advanced singular algorithm that tries to capture every peak and valley exactly on the dot, this is not for you. If you are looking for a tool with a high level of customizability, with a publisher who intends to update it to the best of his ability in accordance to seeking to make the best product that I personally can make for both myself and the community (because I will be using this myself of course!) that was specifically designed with the intention of performing well in spot markets by averaging low entry costs and high exit costs, this is for you! That is the exact intention here. It can certainly work with margin, but you will have to take extra care in setting your stop losses. I intend to make a version capable of going short which will be included as part of the package. It may take some work to keep all of the risk management working as well for shorts though. There will be more scripts added to the “package” as I hit the limit on this one a few times and have had to keep some ideas out already.
The current backtest shown is hand-optimized by myself for Link /USD 10min market (Binance US – shouldn't need much work to fit to other exchange markets) with multiple stop losses.
